You are on page 1of 271

Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Sunday, September 7
th
, !"#
PERIOD 1 : Revision
Aim: By the end of lesson, students will be able to revise some gramatical points in
English and get started with English 8.
Teaching aids: Posters.
I. Warmer: Brainstorm
Auiliaries
!odals "ome #inds of verbs do did
"hould
can $rdinary verbs
go % going %went
II. Revision
1. Tenses
a. Present simple: &'( " ' )*)s* )es++++
&%( " ' don,t * doesn-t ' )+++
&.( /o*/oes '" ' ) ++.
b. Past simple: &'( " ' )ed* )past++....
&%( " ' didn,t ' )++++..
&.( /id ' " ' ) ++.
c. Present continuous: &'( " ' am*is* are ' )ing ....
&%( " ' am*is*are ' not ' )ing+.
&.( Am*0s*Are ' " ' )ing +..
d. Past continuous: &'( " ' was* were ' )ing +...
&%( " ' was* were ' not ' )ing .....
&.( 1as* were ' " ' )ing +..
2. Verb forms
a. !odal ' ) &bare( &can be applied as the future simple form(
b. 2et ' $ ' ) &bare(
c. Prefer*li#e ' to ) th3ch*mu4n..
Prefer ' )ing ' to ' )ing th3ch+h5n +.
2i#e ' )ing th3ch +.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

1ould li#e ' to ) th3ch *mu4n+..&m6i(
7et used to ' )ing 8uen v9i++.
3. Others
: Too*either &cu4i c;u(
"o*neither &cu4i c;u ' <=o ng>(
% Too % d?ng trong c;u @A
% Either % d?ng trong c;u PA
% "o % d?ng trong c;u @A vB mang C nghDa @A
% Eeither % % d?ng trong c;u @A nhFng mang mang C nghDa PA
: "ome * any * much * many * plenty of
: Part of speech such as adGedtives, adverbs in general and in comparisons.
III. Exercises
1. Put the verb in the correct form
a. 1e &rehearse( a play at the moment
b. !y brother &go( to the youth club every wee#end.
c. 0,d li#e &buy( some stamps for overseas mail.
d. 1here they &spend( their summer vacation net year .
e. /oes your sister li#e &watch( cartoons . Hes, she does.
f. 2et,s &start( our trip or we &be( late.
@ey: a. are rehearsing d, will +..spend
b, goes c. to buy e, watching f, start % will be
2. Complete the sentences.
a. 2an is not a student +++...either
Eeither ++...
b. !inh plays fooball well +++,too
"o ++++
c. /o you have +.English boo#s . Eo, 0 don,t. 0 have +..boo#s.
d. 1ho is++Ega or !ai . !ai, she is I.JK tall
e.Hou should ride a bi#e ++...0t,s dangerous here.
f. Eile is ++.river in the world.
g.0n my family, no one is ++..than my grandfather. Le is MK.
h. 0 don,t +++living in a big city.
@ey: a, 0 am not *am 0 d. taller g.older
b. 0 do * do 0 e. the longest h. li#e*
c. many * some f. carefully get used to
IV. Homework
I. Prepare boo#s and noteboo#s
N. Prepare for getting started, listen and read in unit I
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

*onday, September 8
th
, !"#
Period 2 : Unit 1: my friends
Lesson 1: Getting starte ! Listen an rea
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to describe people,s favourite
activities and their characters or personalities through the dialogue.
I. Warmer: "rainstorm
read a boo#
1hat you li#e doing*usually do
watch T)
play soccer play chess see the fiim
:% /o you li#e +..
% 1ho are these .
% Are they all boys* girls.
: "tudents wor# in pairs to get information from O pictures in the tet boo# &PIK(.
a+ &,ay -o..er
b+ /ead boo0- 1do home2or01-tudy
.+ &,ay .he--
d+ &,ay 3o,,eyba,,
II. Preteac# voca$%&ar'
&to( seem ' AdG dF6ng nhF
to ) P
&to( receive nhQn
&to( describe miRu t=
net S door &adG( #T bRn
photorgaph &n( bUc =nh
enough &adv( <V
smile &n( nW cF6i
Check: - hat an! "here
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
3
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

III. Dia&og%e: Presentation
( 4ho i- Hoa5 ( 4here i- -he 6rom 5 (4ho doe- -he ,i3e 2ith no25
: 2et the dialogue: Loa and 2an
: Practise reading the dialogue
% T models % "s listen.
% Xead chorally
% Xead individually
% Xead in pairs
% "s read aloud
&The others listen and correct(
# Comprehension $uestions.
% Prepare the answers in pairs
% Practise spea#ing in pairs
% As# students to as# and answer 8uestions by 8uestions.
(%estions: Answers
"+ 4here doe- 7ien ,i3e 5 She ,i3e- in Hue
+ Doe- 7an 0no2 Nien 5 No, -he doe-n8t
9+ 4hi.h -enten.e te,,- you that She 2a-n8t o,d enough to be in
Hoa i- o,der than Nien 5 my .,a--
#+ 4hen i- Nien going to 3i-it Hoa 5 She i- going to 3i-it Hoa at Chir-tma-+
) Post reaing: "ummariYe the dialogue
: The new target languages
: 4hat do1doe- : S : ,oo0 ,i0e 5
: 4hat a1an : Ad; : N <
: S : be : Ad; : enough : to =+
IV. Homework: I. 2earn vocab ' translate the dialogue
N. /o eercise O &P8(
Z. Prepare for spea# &PII(

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
4
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Tue-day, September >th,!"#
Period 3 : Unit 1: my friends
Lesson *: +,eak an &isten.
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to describe people,s appearance
in the picture &in real life( and to get more listening s#ill about the conversations.
I. Warmer:
I. [orrect the eercise O to revise the dialogue.
N. Brainstorm some adGectives to describe the appearance.
tall
A-ectives
fat thin short
II. Preteac# voca$%&ar'
slim &adG( : m=nh d\, m=nh mai &visual(
straight &adG(: th]ng &t^c( &realia(
curly &adG(: o_n & t^c( &realia(
blond &adG( &n( t^c vBng &visual(
fair &adG(: s`ng mBu &t^c( &visual(
bald &adG(: h^i &visual(
.#eck: / R%$ o%t an remem$er
III. +,eak
1. Dia&og%e $%i& 0 1se t#e ,ict%re2
Loa: This person is short and thin
I N
"he has long blond hair
Z O
2an: 0s this !ary .
Loa: Hes
% Practise reading chorally
% Practise reading individually
% Practise reading in pairs aloud
: Eplain the way to use adGectives
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
5
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

% Tall* short * fat ' slim * thin ab build
% 2ong* short ' straight* curly ' blac# *dar# * blond+ab hair
*. Practice
: !a#e similar dialogues to describe people in pictures
% As# the others to guess who she* he is
a+ =an + -hort 1 thin1 -hort1 -traight1 b,a.0
b+ *r 7ai 1 -hort1 6at1 ba,d
.+ *i-- 7ien 1 ta,,1 -,im1 ,ong 1 -traight1 bro2n
d+ Ann 1 -hort1 -,im1 -hort1 .ur,y1 b,ond
e+ *r ?hoi 1 ta,,1 6at 1-hort1 @b,a.0A dar0
6+ *ary1 -hort1 thin 1 ,ong 1 6air
: 7uessing game
% /escribe students in the class or famous people
% Try to find out who
IV. Listen
1. How to greet eac# ot#er
Lello * Low are you . * Low do you do .* Eice to meet you
% 0t,s a pleasure to meet you* 0,d li#e to meet you +
: Eplain more about the way to use these epressions
: Xead them chorally
*. Listen to t#e ta,e3 teac#er 0 */ 4 times2
% 2isten
% 1or# individually
% [omplete the dialogue
@ey:
"+ B8d ,i0e you to meet #+ Bt8- a p,ea-ure to meet you
+ Ni.e to meet you )+ Come and meet
9+ B8d ,i0e you to meet >+ Ho2 do you do .
4. Post &istening
% "tudents read the dialogues themselves.
% 0mmitate to introduce and respond
V. Homework:
I. 2earn vocab
N. /escribe Z people in your family
Z. /o E Z & PIc( ' Prepare for read
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
6
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Sunday,September,"#
th
,!"#
Period 4 : Unit 1: my friends
Lesson 3: Read
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to read for
details about Ba and his friends and to know how to describe
characters or habits of one person.
Teachin aids: posters
I. Warmer: !uessin a"e # $o e%ercise 3 & '1()
& T prepares so"e cards of paper with na"es and ad*ecti+es.
& T asks students to describe and the other ones to uess who
the person is.
II. Pre reading
1. Preteach vocab!ary
sociable # ad*) ho, -.n, th/ch ho0t -1n %2 h1i # "atchin the
words
enerous # ad*) h,o ph3n with the
acti+ities and
reser+ed # ad*) d4 d5t , k/n -6o uesin the
"eanin)
hu"orous # ad*) c3 t/nh h,i h7c
outoin # ad*) d8 9n, d8 t/nh
hard & workin # ad*) ch:" ch;
e%tre"ely # ad+) c<c k= # synony")
orphanae #n) tr0i tr> ". c?i #e%planation)
#to) annoy l," phi@n, Ay b<c "Bnh #situation)
"hec#: $!a% the board
2. Prediction
& Cse an adiecti+e abo+e to describe each person
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Da"e Eharacters Fcti+ities
Bao
Gon
Hhai
Ba
III. Whi!e reading
& T reads the te%t aloud sothat the students can et acIuainted
with the tone of a readin te%t.
& T asks one or two students to read it aloud.
J 1st silent readin: & Eheck their prediction
J 2nd silent readin: & Eo"plete she table with character
colu"n.
Da"e Eharacters Fcti+ities
Bao
Gon
Gociable, kind, hard&
workin, enersous
Keser+ed in public
& does +olunteer work at an
orphanae
& ets ood rades
& en*oys school, plays soccer
& prefers to be outside the
classroo"
Hhai Keser+ed in public & en*oys schoolL likes the
peace
& prefers to be outside the
classroo"
Ba Mu"orous, outoin & en*oys tellin *okes
Nou #describe yourself) #what you wantO like to do)
J 3rd silent readin: co"plete the table with acti+ity & colu"n.
4th silent readin: $o e% 4 #'14) and P% 2 # '14)
I&. Post reading: Lc#y nmbers ' ()2 * P14+
1. "hoose the best ans,er
a & F: three c & B: donQt talk "uch R
b & E: does not aSect his school work d & $: et tired of
2. Ans,er the -estions '!c#y nmbers+
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

a. lucky b. Bao
c. Khai d. Sometimes his jokes annoy
his friend.
e. Doing volunteer work at the local orphanage.
f. ( free answers)
&. .ome ,or#
1. Uearn +ocab & Translate the te%t V Write answers
2. Write about your characters and acti+ities you like # P% ( & '11)
3. 'repare for write V $o e% ( #'11)

Tue-day,September,">
th
,!"#
PERIOD 5:
Unit 1: my friends.
Lesson 6:Write
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a description of one of
their friends.
Teaching aids: posters
I. Warmer 7atc#ing
English Vietnamese
1. hard & workin a. r1n lXn
2. hu"orous b. d8 9n
3. enerous c. ch:" ch;
4. sli" d. ho, -.n
5. outoin e. "Ynh "ai
6. reser+ed f. h,i h7c
(. sociable . +,n hoe
T. blond h. d4 d5t
?eyC ". 6 9a #e )b >h 7d 8g
N. [orrecting EZ & PJ % wor#boo#(
% /escribe three people: !r 2ong, Eam, 2an
II. Pre writing
1. Descri$e a st%ent in t#e c&ass.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

*. Preteac# voca$%&ar'
appearance #n) b@ no,i #e%planation)
character #n) -5c -i[", t/nh c6ch
#e%a"ple)
elder #a) l7n tu\i h]n # th^ b_c ia -Bnh)
#e%planation)
4. Rea t#e in8ormation a$o%t 9am
% !a#e 8uestions for each #ind of information
( Name (D 4hat i- hi- name 5
( Age (D Ho2 o,d i- he 5
( Appearan.e (D 4hat doe- he ,oo0 ,i0e 5
(( Chara.ter (D 4hat i- he ,i0e 5
( Addre-- (D 4here doe- he ,i3e 5
( Eami,y (D 4ho doe- he ,i3e 2ith 5
( Eriend- (D 4ho i- hi- 6riend 5
% Xead the writing about Tam to #now the anwers.
III. W#i&e / Writing
1. .om,&ete t#e 8orm a$o%t a ,artner
NameC FFFFFFF++ AgeCFFFFFF++++
Appearan.e CFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
Chara.ter- CFFFFFFFFFFFFFF+
Addre--CFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
Eami,yC FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF+
Eriend-CFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF+
% [ompare with the partner
&[orrect the information themselves(
*. 1se t#e :%estions 0Ex* / P152 to com,&ete a escri,tion in a 8%&& ,aragra,# &ike
t#e one a$o%t 9am.
"uggestion:
Lis* Ler name is +++++ and he*she is ++. years old. Le * "he lives with ... at
++in++.Le*"he is++. Le* "he has ++.. hair. Le* "he is +... Lis*Ler best
friends are +++
IV. Post / writing
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

% "hare and compare with the partner
% The partner may read and remar# about the description of herself* himself
% Xead the writing aloud
V. moe& sentence: &2anguage focus O(
" ' be ' &not( ' AdG ' enough ' to )
Eg:% 2an is old enough to go to the cinema.
% 0 am not clever enough to ma#e a shirt
VI. Homework
I. 2earn vocab ' /o EO &PIc( ' [orrect Ec &PII(
N. 1rite a description of a relative.
Z. Prepare for language focus
Sunday, September,"
-t
,!"#
Perio ; 1<I9 1: 7= >RIE<D+
Lesson 5: Lang%age 8oc%s
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to strengthen the structure
dEE$e7Ld and present simple, past simple.
Teaching aids: Posters
I. Warmer: % "rainstorm
this
rich good
% !a#e full sentences using these adGectives with d EE$e7Ld
Eg: This bi#e is good enough & for you( to buy.
% [orrect EO & PIc(
a+ not big enough b+ not o,d enough
.+ -trong enough d+ good enough
II. Presentation
1.+tr%ct%re E<O1GH ! 0 >OR ! O 2 ! to V
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
11
Fd*ecti+es of
IuantityO
descripti+eO
de"onstrati+e
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Eg: The test is easy enough for studens to do.
*. Present sim,&e Present contin%o%s
form: " ' ) * )s* )es " ' am*is*are ' )ing
ese: % To tell the general truths % to epress a temporary
% To epress habits, rules % activity happening now
4. Past sim,&e
form: " ')ed * ) &past(
ese: To epress an event * a habits in the past.
III. Practice. 1. Ex1: 0<o%g#ts an crosses2
% "upply the correct tense &Past or present(
?e': a+ ,i3ed ( ,i3e- ( -ent ( 2a- ( i-
b+ i- ( are ( .ame ( -ho2ed ( introdu.ed
N. Ex *: 0L%ck' n%m$ers(.
"upply the correct form and eplain why &present simple or present continuous(
?e': "+ -et- 9+ mo3e- )+ i-
+ goe- #+ i- >+ i-
% Practise spea#ing in pairs
4. Ex 5. 0P@ / work$ook(
% 1rite in groups
% [orrect on the blac#board
?e': a+ The 2eather 2a-n8t 2arm enough 6or him to go +
b+ He 2a-n8t eGperien.ed enough 6or him to do ++
.+ The ,addder 2a-nHt ,ong enough to rea.h
d+ The tea i-n8t -trong enough to 0eep +++
e+ The 6ire i-n8t hot enough to boi,
6+ The i.e i- thi.0 enough 6or u- to 2a,0 on
g+ Bt 2a-n8t 2arm enough 6or u- to -it
Ex5 0 P1A work$ook(
% "pea# the whole sentence &Eote: enough ' E(
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
12
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

a+ enough .hair- g+ big enough
b+ -trong enough h+ enough .up-
.+ enough time i+ eGperien.ed enough
d+ 2e,, enough ;+ 2arm enough
e+ enough room 0+ enough Iua,i6i.ation-
6+ enough eGperien.e
IV. Homework
I. 2earn the structures, tenses
N. /o e I, N, J &PM, IK % 1or# boo#(
Z. Prepare for revision and language focus.

onday! September ""nd! "#$%
Perio B
1nit *: making arrangements
Lesson 1: Getting starte / Listen an rea
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to get some words about the
communication devices, to ma#e an arrangement on the phone, to practise reading
both for fluency and comprehension.
Teaching aids : Pictures
I. Warmer: Langman
T J 7 J & H K N J
II. Getting starte:
Preteac# voca$%&ar': !atching
Pictures $bGect,s names
a.& cue pictures I. a fa machine
b. in the tetboo# N. a public telephone
c. at the page I8 Z. an address boo#
d. to as# students O. a mobile phone
e. to match with g. a telephone directory
f. their names( J. an answering machine
@ey: a % J b % O c % I d % g e % N f % Z
% [hec# the meaning
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
13
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

% Practise reading correctly
% Xead chorally* individually.
[hec# : "how the picture and as# : 1hat is this . d
III. Listen an rea
1. +et t#e scene: Egan and Loa
*. Pre / activities: % As# students to say in English or in )ietnamese:
% 1hat would you say when you pic# up the phone to answer .
are a caller .
want to see the movie with Loa .
4. W#i&e / activities
: 2isten to the tape or the teacher and answer the above 8uestion
' "ay the number of the telephone or say hello
: Cou,d B -pea0 to ++ 5
Can+5
: 4ou,d you ,i0e to FF+5
or 7et8-FF
: 2isten the dialogue again and read along.
% As# students to play roles and read the dialogue.
% As# the other pairs to read the dialogue.
: Eotes: & Mold on : -Xi ta, X" -2
& Where is it on b phi" -Xc chicu d -Aub
& es 6.3` all riht b G6u if ba "]i -Xc ch^ b
: Xead the dialogue silently and answer 8uestions &PIM(
a+ 4ho made the .a,, 5 @Nga A
b+ 4ho introdu.ed her-e,6 5 @NgaA
.+ 4ho in3ited the other to the mo3ie- 5 @NgaA
d+ 4ho arranged a meeting p,a.e 5 @NgaA
e+ 4ho arranged the time 5 @HoaA
6+ 4ho agreed to the time 5 @NgaA
6. Post / activities
% "teps to ma#e an arrangement through * on the line.
' ma#e a call
' introduce
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
14
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

' invite* suggest
' arrange a meeting place
' arrange the time
% As# students to act out
& good students(
Eote: 0,m using my cousin-s bi#e tonight
&Present continuous for future action(
III. Homework
I. 2earn vocabulary ' Practise reading fluently
N. !a#e a dialogue to ma#e an arrangement on line
Z. Prepare for d"pea# ' 2istenh
O. /o EO & PIc(

&uesday !September "'rd!"#$%
Period /
1nit *: making arrangements
Lesson *: +,eak an &isten
Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to get spea#ing and listening
s#ills about ma#ing arrangements.
Teaching aids: [assette
I. Warmer : [onversation producing
% As# them to play roles to ma#e an arrangement li#e the dialogue in d2isten and
readd.
% 7ive remar# and grades.
II. +,eak
1. Preteac# voca$%&ar'
a pop concert bu\i ho, nh0c #translation)
a band ban nh0c #e%planation)
a corner 3c #realia)
*. Pre/ s,eaking
: Xead E I to answer 8uestions
a+ 4ho are ta,0ing on the phone 5
( Jri. and Adam
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
15
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

b+ 4ho ma0e- a .a,,5
( Adam ma0e- a .a,, to Jri.+
.+ 4hat doe- he phone 6or 5
( To in3ite Jri. to a pop .on.ert.
: Xead again to put them in the correct order of a conversation.
% /o indivi dually
% [ompare with their partners
% [hec# and correct.
@ey: I % b c % e
N % f 8 % #
Z % c M % g
O % a IK % h
g % i II % d
J % c
: /o eercise
Bao calls Ba to invite him to play chess.
% /o individually.
% [ompare with a partner
% [hec# and correct.
@ey: "+ *ay B -pea0 to La p,ea-e5 Thi- i- Lao
+ B8m 6ine, than0-+ And you 5
9+ Can you p,ay .he-- tonight 5
#+ 4hat about tomorro2 aternoon 5
)+ B8,, meet you at the .entra, .he-- .,ub+
>+ B- +!! K? 5
4. W#i&e s,eaking
% $pen S pairs *% [losed % pairs
II. Listen
1. Pre &istening
% This is a message for the principal.
% The secretary is tal#ing on the phone and ta#ing the message for the principal.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
16
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

*. W#i&e &istening
% 2isten to the tape twice
% 7ap fill
% 2isten once more to chec#.
% [orrect ?ey
DateC Tue-day TimeC M+#)
EorC the prin.ipa,
*e--ageC *r- *ary Nguyen 2anted to -ee you at M+#) in the morning o6 Tue-day+
Te, ( numberC >#>897!M#
IV. Homework: I. 2earn vocab ' Practice the dialogue by heart
N. Prepare for read.
Sunday,
September 8
th
,!"#
Perio @
1nit *: making arrangements
Lesson 6: Rea
Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to read the tet for details of
Aleander 7raham Bell and his invention .
Teaching aids: Posters
Proce%re I. Pre reaing
1C Warmer "har# attac#s
A 2 E i A E / E X
7 X A L A ! B E 2 2
*C Preteac# voca$%&ar'
&to( emigrate
&to( eperiment
&to( transmit
deaf % mute &n(
speech &n(
distance &n(
di c
th/ nhig"
truy@n, dhn
nfi cA" -icc
lfi n3i
khoYn c6ch
&eplanation(
&situation(
&eample(
&eplanation(
&realia(
&visual(
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

invention &n(
assistant &n(
s< ph6t "inh
trX la, nfi iip +igc
&translation(
&eplanation(
[hec#: Xub out and remember
4CPre / :%estions
a. /o you #now anything about Aleander 7raham Bell .
b. 1here was he born c. 1hen .
d. 1hat was he famous for .
II. W#i&e reaing
: [hec# pre 8uestions- answers
: !atch )ietnamese and English & &@ey: Ic, Nd, Zf, Ob, ga, Je(
jietna"ese
1. Thict bk, dln cl
2. thu1c +@ th]n "0i
3. "inh ho0 # l," +/ dl)
4. cu1c th/ nhig"
5. ticn h,nh
6. +? sm
English
a. conduct &v(
b. eperiment &n(
c. device &n(
d. commercial &adG(
e. countless &adG(
f. demonstrate &v(
: !atch A and B
A
I. demontrate
N. come
Z. conduct
O. commercial
g. telephone
J. countless
c. transmit
8. emigrate
B
a. an eperiment
b. message
c. up with a device
d. an invention
e. use
f. speech
g. to the e"A
h. ehibitions
% @ey: Id Nc Za Oe gb Jh cf 8g
% [hec# the meaning
: /o eercises
I. True or false
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

% /o individually
% "hare and compare
% [orrect: a % f , b % f , c % T , d % f, e % f, f % T
N. $rder the events
% 1or# in pairs
% [ompete with three other pairs
% [orrect: d % e % a % g % c % b % f
III. Post reaing
% Xetell the tet about Aleander 7raham Bell and his invention.
IV. Homework
I. 2earn vocabulary ' /o eercises I, N & in wor#boo#(
N. Translate the tet
Z. Prepare for d 1rite and Prepositionsd
onday!
September "(
th
! "#$%
Period 10
Unit 2: ma#ing arrangements
Lesson 4: Write
Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a
telephone "essae # in short and in full sentences)
Teachin aids: 'osters
Proce%re
I. Pre / writing
1CWarmer : Eetwor#
phone
call
answer the phone
ta#e a message
% [hec# the meaning % Pronounce the words above.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1Z
steps and
what
you do to
"ake
a call
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

*C Preteac# voca$%&ar'
delivery &n(
&to( ta#e a message
&to( leave a message
&to( dial a & to call a &to(
phone
&to( pic# up the phone
s< iao h,n
hi nh_n lfi
nhnn
-[ l0i lfi nhnn
oi -ign
nhpc -ign tho0i
&translation(
&translation(
&antonym(
&mine(
&mine(
.#eck: W#at an w#ere
4CAnswer :%estions 0Ex1 / P*42
a+ 4ho i- the me--age 6or 5 *r Ha
b+ 4ho ,e6t the me--age 5 *r- 7ien
.+ 4ho too0 the me--age 5 *r Tam
II. W#i&e / writing
1. Ga, / 8i&&ing
% Xead the message information
% Xead the passage
% fill in the gaps in pairs % [hec# and correct
@ey: "+ phoned1 te,ephoned #+ too0 7+ *r Ha
+ *ay " ) name 8 at
9+ -pea0 > de,i3ery
% [ompare the message ta#en with the passage to be sure how to ta#e a message.
*. 9aking a message 8rom t#e ,assage
% Xead the passage. % Ta#e a message individually.
% "hare with a partner % [hec# and correct
?e': DateC Nune ">
TimeC a6ter midday
EorC *r- =an
*e--ageC *r Nam .a,,ed abou, hi- -tationery order+ He 2anted you to
.a,, him at 8>9#!8
Ta0en by C *r Toan+
: "how them the form to ta#e a message.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

: /o the same with eercise Z &PNZ(
?e': DateC FFFFFFF
TimeC FFFFFF
EorC Nan.y
*e--ageC Tom .a,,ed about p,aying tenni- thi- a6ternoon+ He 2i,, .ome
o3er to pi.0 you up at "+9!
Ta0en byC 7i-a+
IIICPost reaing % As# and answer about the information in the message
% "uggested 8uestions: 4ho i- thi- me--age 6or 5
4ho ,e6t1 too0 the me--age 5
4hat did F++ .a,, about 5
4hen1 2hat time FF+ 5
IV. Homework:I. 2earn the form to ta#e a message.
N. /o eercises N, Z & PIO, Ig, IJ(.
Z. Prepare for language focus.

Tue-day, September, 9!th, !"#
&eriod ""
1nit *: making arrangements
Lesson 5: Lang%age 8oc%s
Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use the near future tense and
adverbs of place.
Teaching aids: Posters
Proce%re
I. Warmer : Brainstorm
inside
upatairs
there
here
II. Presentation
1. Dia&og%e re,etition
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
21
Fd+erbs of
place #one
word)
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

NamC 4here i- your mother 5
*aryC She i- up-tair-+ 4hat8- the matter5
NamC B8m going to do -hopping+ B a-0 i6 -he need- anything+
*aryC Kh+ 4e,,, -he i- going to .ome do2n .
*. 7oe& sentences
a. Aver$s o8 ,&ace
up-tair-1 do2n-tair-
in-ide1 out -ide
here1 there
b+ The near 6uture ten-e
B8m going to do -hopping @"A
She8- going to .ome do2n @A
>orm: " ' am* is* are ' going to ' ) &bare(
1se: &I( to epress an intention
&N( to epress a prediction
III. ,ractice
1. Aver$s o8 ,&ace
a. Ex 4 0P*(
% /o in pairs % [hec# in pairs
@ey: a+ up-tair- .+ do2n-tair- e+ there
b+ here d+ out-ide 6+ in-ide
$. Ex ;0 P 1D/ Work$ook( / L%ck' n%m$ers
@ey: a+ Op-tair- .+ there e here
b do2n-tair- d+ in-ide 6+ out -ide
*. 9#e 8%t%re near tense
a. Ex 5 0 P1D / work$ook(
% [hec# what sentence to epress an intention or a prediction
% @ey: 0ntention: a, b, g, i, G
Prediction: c, e, f, h, d
$. Ex1 0,*5(
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
22
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

% "ay what the other people are intending to do &depending on facts(
% 1or# in pairs % [hec# and correct
% @eyC a+ P and N are going @to goA 6i-hing @*aybeC are going 6i-hingA
b+ Trang i- going to read a ne2 no3e,
.+ =an i- going to do math home2or0
d+ *r Hoang i- going to -ee an intere-ting a.tion mo3ie+
e+ Hien i- going to @ go toA hi- birthay party on T=
c. Ex* 0 P*52
% Practise spea#ing, using the 8uestionare.
% 1or# in pairs & you say what you are going to do, your partner says what he* she in
going to do. Both of you copy in your boo#(.
%Tell your classmates what you are going to do and your partner is going to do.
Eg: 0 am going to++.. and she* he is going to ++++..
IV. Homework
I. 2earn by heart the form and J adverbs above
N. /o eercises I, N, Z, c, & wor#boo#(
Z. Prepare for unit Z % getting started and the Ig minute test.
Sunday ,K.tober )
th
, !"#
Perio! 12 1nit 4: At #ome
Lesson 1: Getting starte / Listen an Rea
&Ig minute % test(
Aim: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to streng and say ' write
the chores at home. The teacher can ches# students understanding unit I and N
I. 9#e 15 minn%te . test
1. Write t#e wors in Eng&is# 0 5 marks2
a. d4 d5t f. thict bk
b. danh b0 . di c
c. th/ nhig" h. t/nh h,i h7c
d. d t9n d7i i. t3c +,n hoe
e. d8 9n, ho, -.n *. tin nhnn
*. .om,&ete t#e 8o&&owing sentences 0 5 marks2
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
23
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

a+ 7an 1 not1 inte,,igent 1 enough 1 thi- 1 te-t
b+ 4hat1 your 6ather1 ,oo0 1 ,i0e 5
.+ Tomorro21 *inh and Nga1 going1 ha3e a party.
?e': "+ a+ re-er3ed 6+ de3i.e
b+ dire.tory g+ emigrate
.+ eGperiment h+ -en-e o6 humor
d+ do2n-tair- i+ b,ond
e+ -o.iab,e ;+ me--age
N. a+ 7an i- not inte,,igent enough to do thi- te-t+
b+ 4hat doe- your 6ather ,oo0 ,i0e 5
.+ B- ) o8.,o.0 K? 5
d+ Tomorro2, *inh and Nga are going to ha3e a party+
II. Getting starte
% As# and answer chorally* in pairs
AC 4hat i- -he1 he doing 5 ( 2a-hing di-he-
( ma0ing the bed
( -2eeping the 6,oor
( .oo0ing
( tidying up
( 6eeding the .hi.0en-
( PC 4hi.h 2or0 do you o6ten do at home 5
: !a#e a list of the chores.
% do the washing S up *% clean the floor ...
III. Listen an rea
1. +et t#e scene: Eam and his mother, !rs )ui
*. Practice
) Listen to t#e ta,e or t#e teac#er
% !a#e a list of what Eam has to do.
% "hare and compare.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
24
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

) Listen again an c#eck t#eir ,reiction 3 &istening:1rite that list on the board
( Nam ha- to .oo0 dinner+
( He ought to go to the mar0et, buy 6i-h and 3egetab,e-
( He ha- to .a,, aunt Chi+
) / Listen an re,eat c#ora&&'.
% Practise reading in pairs.
Xead aloud in pair while the other people are listening and trying to find their
friend,s mista#es.
% [orrect their pronunciation*% /o the same with N more pairs
: [omprehension 8uestions: a+ 4hy i- *r- =ui going to be home ,ate 5
@Kptiona,A b+ 4hat time 2i,, -he be home 5
IV. Homework I. 2earn by heart the chores and ma#e a list of the chores
& NK activities P ZO % Zg % Z8 % tet boo#(
N. ese 4hy ( Le.au-e to do eercise g &PNO(
Z. Prepare for "pea#.
Tue-day, K.tober, 7
th
,!"#
Perio! 13: 1nit 4: At #ome
Lesson *: +,eak
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to describe places and give
suggestions using the modal: dought tod and to use modals dhave tod and dmustd.
Teaching aids: Pictures
I. Warmer : Brainstorm
between
under
in front of in

on
II. Pre,osition revision
% Xead them chorally % [hec# the meaning.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
25
'repositions
of place
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

% As# the students to give a desscription sentence wing a preposition in turns &desribe
the picture . PN8(
"uggedtions:
% The calendar is on the wall.
under the cloc#.
above the refrigerator.
& This sin# is net to the stove.
% The upboard is on the wall.
above the counter.
% The cloc# is on the wall.
% The #nives are on the wall
under the cupboard.
% The fruit is in the bowl.
% The bowl is between the rice coo#er and the dish rac#.
II. Dia&og%e $%i&
!ai: $h. there are a lot of things to arrange.
Eam: 1hat can we do now .
!ai: 2et,s put the cloc# on the wall.
Eam: $@, And 0 thin# we ought to put the cloc# above the fridge.
!odel sentences: 2et,s ' ) &bare(
0 thin# we ought to ' ) & bare(
should
had better
) Voca$%&ar' ,reteac# an revision.
% !atch the words and the things in the picture P.NM.
% [hec# what words they can,t match.
cushion # n) mi, ng" #+isual)
ru #n) thY" #s,n nh,) #+isual)
counter #n) "5t ch0n, "5t tq #+isual)
) o,en / ,air
"I: 2et,s put ++++.. &give suggestion(
"N: $@. 0 thin# we ought to +++.&reach an agreement(.
) .&ose ,air.
"uggestive arrangements:
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
26
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

+++++.we ought to put the magaQine- on the -he,6+
the te,e3i-ion on the tab,e+
the .u-hion- on the .ou.h+
the -he,6 at the .orner+
the .o66ee tab,e bet2een the .ou.h and the arm .hair
the te,ephone on the tab,e+
&students may use different ways or verbs spea#(
IV. Presenting grammartica& ,oints : !odals
>orm " ' ought to ' ) &bare(
have to
must
1se: $ught to a should a had better for advice.
!ust for ability *prohibition
Lave to for necessity
V. Homework:I. /escribe the picture after you have arranged it.
N. /o eercises I, N & PZO % Zg % tet boo#(.
Z. Prepare for listen.

4edne-day,
K.tober 8
th
, !"#
Perio 16 : 1nit 4: At #ome
Lesson 4: Listen ! L> 6
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to get some more listening s#ills
about the way to prepare the special [hinese fried rice and to master modals.
Teaching aids: [assette, Posters
Proce%re
1.Pre / &istening
: )ocabulary & [hec# more words, using d 1hat is this .d (
ha" #n) thkt i:" b?n, thkt 7p "umi
#e%planation)
arlic #n) tri #+isual)
pepper #n) h0t tisu #+isual)
salt #n) "umi #realia)
.#eck: Orering 0 1se t#e ta,escri,t(
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

: "et the scene: 2an and !rs Tu
% prepare a dish
: Prediction fry the nice
*. W#i&e / &istening
) 1st time: As# them to order
A, heat the oi,
L, u-e the big pan
C, put the ham and the pea-
D, put the ri.e and a tea-poon o6 -a,t in
J, put a ,itt,e oi,
E, 6ry the gar,i. and the green pepper-
R?eyC L,J,A,E,C,D
) *n time: % [hec# the order of the pictures as desribed and choose:
a+ 6ried ri.e
b+ pan
.+ gar,i. and green pepper-+
d+ ham and pea-
4. Post / &istening
0nterview about the way to coo# special chinese fried rice
a+ Ho2 .an 7an .oo0 thi- di-h 5
b+ Ho2 mu.h oi, .an -he put in 5( a ,itt,e
.+ 4hat .an -he do 2ith the gar,i. 5( 6ry
d+ Ho2 mu.h -a,t .an -he put it 5( a tea-poon
II. Revision
L>4: )ork with a partner:
b. Why did Da" ha+e to cook dinner b
& Because his "other was ho"e late.
c. Why was trs jui, Da"us "other ho"e lateb
& Because she had to see Da"us rand"other.
d. Why did Ma fail her Pnlish e%a" b
& Because she didnut learn hard for her e%a".
e. Why didnut o to the "o+ies b
& Because she had to do her chores.
J Why ... b Because V clause, tain & clause.
Fn ad+erbial clause of reason.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2T
Mow to cook special
Ehinese fried rice
# what to do)
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

IV. HomeWork
I. 2earn vocabulary.
N. 1rite steps to coo# special chinese fried rice
Z. /o ercises I,N p Ng,NJ & wor#boo#(
O. Prepare for Xead.


Sunday!
*ctober $"
th
! "#$%
Period 15
Unit 3: at home
Lesson 4: Read
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to read for
details of safety precautions in the ho"e and know clearly v"ustnQtv
is not the sa"e vdonQt ha+e tov and the ad+erbial clause of reason.
Teachin aids: 'osters
I. Warmer : 're& Iuestion
+ )hat can be dangerous to small children in the house ,
- matches.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

- electrical sockets.
- medicine
II. Pre * reading
1. Preteach vocab!ary.
precaution #n) lfi cYnh b6o #translation)
che"ical #n) ho6 chpt #e%a"ple)
dru #n) thumc #synony")
#to) in*ure l," -au, l," bk th]n #synony")
#to) destroy ph6 huw #situation)
#to) cause a xre Ay hoY ho0n #+isual)
"hec#: $!a% the board
2. 0re12a!se statement %rediction.
#P%1 & '31) uess only
III. Whi!e reading
1st ti"e: Eheck their prediction
a. y
b. T
c. y
d. y
e T
f. T
2nd ti"e:
& b,c, f "ust i+e the facts in the te%t
& a,c,d "ust correct the".
a, y #around the house & in locked cupboards)
c, y & suitable% dangerous)
d, y # cannot &z can)
3rd ti"e: tatch F and B
F
1. soft drinks
2. danerous
3. "atches
4. electrical socket
B
a. -ign
b. n7c not # iYi kh6t)
c. \ cn" -ign
d. nuy hi["
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
3`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

5. electricity
6. ob*ect
(. include
T. bead
e. dis"
f. k[ cY, bao ."
. h0t # chumi h0t)
h. +_t th[
Hey: 1b 2d 3e 4c 5a 6h (f T
4th ti"e: Fsk and answer #lucky nu"bers)
3ey: b. Because the kitchen is a dangerous place.
c. Because one match can cause a .re and .re destroys homes
and injures children
d. Because /t can kill them.
e. Because they can injure and even kill them.
I&. Post reading
J take a list of what the children "ustnut do at ho"e
&. 4rammartica! e)%!anation
J & ha+e to { "ust V j phYi
& not ha+e to j : kh?n phYi # kh?n c9n thict)
& "ust not kh?n -Xc #cp").
&I. .ome,or#: 1. Uearn +ocabulary
2. Translate the te%t
3. $o e%ercises #workbook) V 4 #te%tbook)
4. 'repare for v Writev.

&ues
day!*ctober $%
th
! "#$%
Period 15
Unit 3: at home
Lesson 6: Write
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a
description of a place.
Teachin aids: 'osters
I. Warmer : Detwork
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
31
bedroo
"
Ui+in
rooo"
Tj
bookshelf
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& There is..
& There are .
& 'ractise with di|cult words.
II. Pre ,riting
& enter+iew
}uestions: )hat room is this ,
)hat is there in 0oa1s bedroom2 the bathroom .,
)here is the desk b
& Kead the "odel dessription of MoaQs bedroo".
* Preteach vocab!ary.
dish rack #n) i6 b6t -~a #+isual)
counter #n) "5t ch0n, "5t tq #+isual)
towel rack #n) i6 -[ kh:n #e%planation)
lihtin x%ture #n) ch" -4n #+isual)
sink #n) b.n ra b6t #+isual)
"hec#: Point to the %ictre
III. Whi!e * ,riting
1. Cse these prepositions to co"plete sentences: # P% 2 & '33) in the
riht corner of.
- next to
- on the other side of.
- to the right of
- on the
- in the middle of
- above the
- beneath
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
32
bedroo
"
Koo"s in a
house
bathro
o"
couch
shower
basin
sa"poo
dish rack
sto+e
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

J Fsk student to write sentence on the board
J Eorrect those toether.
2. rder those sentences into a correct description of MoaQs kitchen.
Beinnin with 3 &his is 0oa1s kitchenv.
I&. Post ,riting
& Fsk a students to read their writin aloud.
Guestion answers:
&his is 0oa1s kitchen.
&here is a refrigerator in the right corner of the room
4e5t to the refrigerator are the stove and the oven.
*n the other side of the oven! there is a sink and ne5t to the sink is
the towel rack.
&he dish rack in on the counter beneath the window there are jars of
sugar! 6our and tea.
/n the middle of the kitchen! there is a table and four chairs.
&he lighting .5ture is above the table and directly beneath the
lighting .5ture is a vase of 6owers.
&. .ome,or#
1. Uearn +ocabulary.
2. Write a short description of your studyin roo".
3. 'repare for lanuae focus: & todals.
& Kee%i+e pronouns.
.

)edne
sday! *ctober $7
th
! "#$"
Period 17
Unit 3: at home
Lesson 6: Langage focs 18283
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use both
"odal +erbs such as v ha+e to, "ust, ouht to v and ree%i+e
pronouns.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
33
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Teachin aids: 'ictures O Eards
I. Warmer : 'el"anis"
1 2 3 4 5 6 (
e she you they we he it
a b c d e f
the"sel+es yourself oursel+es "yself hi"self
herself itself
3ey: 1d, 2f, 3b, 4a, 5c, 6e, (
II. Practice
1& Kead and e%plain the ree%i+e pronouns.
&U," tAn n :# -^n sau -1n t ho5c i7i t) e cut myse!f
Le spo#e to #imse&8.
&U," -0i t nhpn "0nh: #-^n sau chq n ho5c cumi cAu)
tary herse!f went to 'aris.
They liked the "usic itse!f
& $o P% 3 # '35)
Hey: $. ourselves 7. herself
". myself 8. themselves
'. yourself 9. yourselves
%. himself
III. Presentation
1. 9ia!oge bid
&eacher: ;ou are going to do a test ne5t onday
;ou must review your lessons.
inh: / have to review all three lessons.
inhs friend : ;ou ought to review them carefully.
& 'ractise the dialoue.
2. "once%t chec#. 2orm : G V "ust V j #bare)
ha+e to
ouht to
Usage: /ijn t= sk blt bumc ph=i lBm , nRn lBm vinc go do ngF6i n^i <Fa ra 8uyTt
<pnh. : must
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
34
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

/ijn t= sk cqn thiTt , sk blt bumc ph=i lBm vinc go do ngF6i #h`c <Fa ra
8uyTt <pnh: have to
4ote: / have to + / don1t have to ( kh<ng ph=i)
;ou must + ;ou mustn1t ( kh<ng >?c)
I&. Practice ()1 'P34)
& tatch pictures and words # +erbs).
a. tidy the bed d. clean the .sh tank
b. dust the living room e. empty the garbage
c. sweep the kitchen 6oor f. feed the dog
& 'lay roles af Da and Uan to talk with have to.
() 2 ' P36)
& 'air work
Hey: b. ;ou ought to get up earlier.
c. ;ou ought to eat more vegetables.
d. ;ou ought to go to the dentist1s.
: 2rther e)ercise: Cse vha+e tovO "ust.
$.y children have to wear uniform when they go to school.
".@ast night my sister was ill. )e had to call the doctor.
'.&his is a terrible party . )e must go home.
%. / am getting tired. / must go home now.
7./m sleepy./ must go to bed early.
8./tsraining. / have to cover our new car.
9./ think / must pay in advance.
A. She has to go now or shell late for school.
&. .ome,or#: 1. Uearn ra""atical points by heart.
2. $o e%ercises 1, 2, 3, 4 # workbook).
3. Uook throuh unit 1, 2, 3.
Sunday!*ct
ober $(
h
! "#$%
Period 1/ Unit 1 * 3: R(vision 1
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
35
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to re+ise and
strenthen what theyQre learnt in the past lessons in order to prepare
for the xrst 45 "inute test.
Teachin aids: 'osters
I. Warmer : : ;mb!ed ,ords
& e e r s o u enerous
& d s a h n e " o handso"e
& i a o s c l b e sociable
& u " h o r s o u hu"orous
& e d r e + s r e reser+ed
: <atching
F B
1. de"onstrate a. to sweep the oor
2. en*oy b. in+entions
3. out c. yourself
4. conduct d. e%peri"ents.
5. ha+e e. oin
Eheck : 1b, 2c, 3e, 4d, 5a.
II. Revision
1. 0enses and verb forms
& 'resent si"ple # jO jsO jes)
& 'resent continuous: a" O isO are V jin.
& yuture # near): a" O isO are oin to V j.
& todals: ha+e to j
"ust
ouht to
2. Re=e)ive %ronons
e & "yself you & yeursel+es
you & yourself we & oursel+es
she & herself they & the"sel+es
he & hi"self
& an ob*ect
& an e"phasis.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
36
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

3. Why * >ecase
Why .. b Because V clause1 , clause2.
4. $trctre ,ith ? (nogh?
G V be Fd* V enouh V to j
enouh V D V for V V to j
6. What V be V G V like b # Eharacters)
doO does V G V look like b # Fppearance)
III. Practice
1. Eorrect the only one "istake in each sentence.
a. )hat is he look like , 0e is handsome.
b. Ble5ander Craham Bell demonstrated many e5periments of
telephone.
c. Do you have money enough to buy this dictronary .
d. &here is a ceiling fan on the rable.
e. y son have to go to school on Sundays.
f. Dan you help us! please , 4o! you must try yourself.
g. )hy does 4am have to cook dinner , Because his motherEs illness
h. &hese students are not intelligent enough for them to do it.
Hey: 1. is &z does.
2. de"onstrated "any e%peri"ents &z de"onstrated &
in+entions.
3. "oney enouh &z enouh "oney.
4. on &z abo+e
5. ha+e &z has
6. yourself &z yoursel+es
(. because &z because of
T. for the" &z
2. take sentences, usin the structures abo+e.
I&. .ome,o# 1. Ke+iew +ocabulary and ra""atical points.
2. yinish all e%ercises in the units # 1, 2, 3)
3. 'repare for the xrst 45 "inute test.

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
3(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&uesday
*ctober! "$
st
! "#$%
Period 19
Unit 1 * 3: 0he @rst 46 minte test
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to check their
understandin and to know their ability with the past lessons.
Teachin aids: Mands out
I. re-est :
#Eopied in hands out in the ne%t pae)
I. .#oose one o8 wor w#ose %ner&ine ,art is ,rono%nce i88erent&' 8rom t#e ot#ers.
I. A. [hristmas B. character [. school /. church
N. A. painted B. needed [. wor#ed /. collected
Z. A. students B. lamps [. rac#s /. pans
O. A. home B. hour [. humor /. ham
g. A. 1ho B. 1hat [. 1here /. 1hen
IIC.#oose t#e $est answer to com,&ete eac# o8 t#e sentences
I. 1ho helped Ea with her homewor#. % "he did it %herself &'ourself&himself(
N. 1hy are you laughing. % Because& for& so( the stories are so funny.
Z. 1hat is he & like & likes & look like(.% Le is outgoing.
O. The weather %is&"as&"ere( nice yesterday.
g. 0 &am )oin) to see &"as seein) & see ( the movie at 8 this evening.
J 1e % must& have to& ou)ht( obey our parents.
c. rac# can-t reach the top shelf. Le isn-t &too tall& tall enou)h&enou)h tall( to reach it.
8. The #itchen is a &suitable &)enerous& !an)erous( place to play.
M. Loa will visit me %on& in&at ( [hristmas.
IK. The earth % move &moves&move!( around the sun.
III. Give t#e correct 8orm o8 t#e ver$s in $rackets .
I. 0 &visit( "ingapore two years ago. +++++++++++++++++
N. 2oo# at those blac# clouds. 0t &rain(. +++++++++++++++++
Z. Hou & dust( the furniture yesterday. ++++++++++++++++++.
O. !ai is in her room. "he &play( the guitar. +++++++++++++++++
g. 1e should &not ma#e ( noise in class+++++++++++++.
IVCRewrite t#e 8o&&owing sentences as irecte
I. Peter is too young to see the horror film. Peter is not ++++++++++++++
N. Hou should turn off the light before going out. Hou ought ++++++++++++
Z. That girl is very intelligent. 1hat +++++++++++++++++++++
O. 0 intend to come over to pic# you up. 0 am ++++++++++++++++++.
g.The radio isn-t small. 0 can-t put it in your poc#et. &enough(
V. Rea t#e text an aswer t#e :%estions:
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
3T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2an was Loa-s net door neighbor in Lue. "he is very beautiful. "he has big brown eyes. 2ast
wee#, she went to Lanoi to visit Loa. They traveled around the city and saw a lot of interesting
places. 2an thin#s Lanoi is very beautiful.
I./id 2an and Loa travel around the city. %b+++++++++++++++
N.1hat does 2an loo# li#e. %b ++++++++++++++++++++++.
Z./oes she have big brown eyes. %b ++++++++++++++++++++.
O.1here did 2an go last wee#. %b +++++++++++++++++++++.
g.1hat did they see in Lanoi. %b +++++++++++++++++++++
I. .#oose one o8 wor w#ose %ner&ine ,art is ,rono%nce i88erent&' 8rom t#e ot#ers
1. A. chore B. match [. chemical /. armchair
*. A. mended B. washed [. missed /. wor#ed
4. A. match B. pan [. transmit /. safety
6. A. #nife B. soc#et [. des# /. boo#self
5. A. caps B. pencils [. hats /. noteboo#s
IIC.#oose t#e $est answer to com,&ete eac# o8 t#e sentences
I.Eam is not 0ol! enou)h&too ol!&enou)h ol! (to be in my class.
N.!y sister often loo#s at% itself&herself &himself ( in the mirror.
Z.1hat does he & like & likes & look like(.% Le is tall and thin.
O.% h'&"here&"hat( were you late. S Because 0 missed the first bus.
g. 0- ll & make&call& !o( arrangements for the meeting tonight.
J [ars % mustn*t& !on*t have to& ou)ht not( par# in front of the entrance.
c. /on-t come in. Please wait %insi!e&outsi!e& upstairs( for your turn.
8. 1ould you li#e % leave&left& to leave( a message..
M. 0-ll come and pic# you up &on&at&in( J:ZK this evening, is it $.@.
IK. The earth % move &moves&move!( around the sun.
III. Give t#e correct 8orm o8 t#e ver$s in $rackets .
I.Ega and Loa &see( a movie tonight +++++++++++++++
N.Hour mother &buy( a new hat yesterday. ......................................................
Z.Le often & go( to school at J.ZK every morning. ++++++++++++
O.2oo#s The boy &come( ++++++++++++++
g.They ought to & eat ( more vegetables. ++++++++++++++
IVCRewrite t#e 8o&&owing sentences as irecte
I. Peter is too young to see the horror film. Peter is not ++++++++++++++.
N. Hou should turn off the light before going out. Hou ought ++++++++++++
Z. That girl is very intelligent. 1hat +++++++++++++++++++++
O. 0 intend to come over to pic# you up. 0 am ++++++++++++++++++
g. The apple are very ripe. 1e can eat them.&enough(.P
V. Give t#e correct 8orm o8 t#e ver$s in $rackets
2an was Loa-s net door neighbor in Lue. "he is very beautifull. "he has big brown eyes. 2ast
wee#, she went to Lanoi to visit Loa. They traveled around the city and saw a lot of interesting
places. 2an thin#s Lanoi is very beautifull.
I.1ho was 2an. %b++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
N.1hat does she loo# li#e. %b +++++++++++++++++++++++.......
Z./oes she have small blac# eyes. %b ++++++++++++++++++++++.
O.1here did she go last wee#. %b +++++++++++++++++++++++
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
3Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

g./id 2an and Loa see a lot of interesting placesin Lanoi.
eee. Mo"ework: 1. 'repare for !ettinstarted V Uisten and read.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
4`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Tuesday,
ctober, 22nd, 2`14
Period 20
Unit 4 : Ar * %ast
Lesson 1: 4etting started B Listen and readBL2 4
A.Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use the
si"ple past and used to to talk about acti+ities and e+ents in the
past
>."ontent
I . Warm % : &Pe!manism : verb bare + verb past
play o read buy stay
ha+e
had read stayed bouht played
went
Loo# at the %ictres 8te!! the names of the things that do not
be!ong to the %ast :
the &F! the radio! the mobile phone! the lighting .5ture ! modern
clothing
II. Pre* teach vocab!ary :
&to look after : ch_m s^c, trtng nom. &antonym(
reat&rand"other #n) : bB c4 reat&randfather #
e%planation)
folk tale #n) : chuynn d;n gian # e%a"ple)
liht lit #+) : thlp <un & trans(
without #pre) : #htng c^ &syn(
e8uipment &n( : thiTt bp &trans(
used to &v( : thF6ng hay & th^i 8uen trong 8#(
) .#ecking : ROR
III. Reaing :
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
41
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

% Teacher introduces the topic and the characters in the story : +ran!- mother tells
stor'
% 2oo# at the dialogue and listen to the radio twice .
% "tudents practice reading the dialogue in pairs
% "tudents read the dialogue again and answer the 8uestions :
?e': aA She u-ed to ,i3e on a 6arm
bA Le.au-e -he had to -tay home and he,p her mom + @ She u-ed to ,oo0 a6ter her
younger- brother and -i-ter- A
.A She u-ed to .oo0 the mea,- , .,ean the hou-e and 2a-h the .,othe-
dA Her great( grandmother u-ed to ,it the ,amp and her great( gand6ather u-ed to te,,
them -torie- +
eA She a-0ed her grandmother to te,, her the ta,e S The ,o-t -hoeT
% Teacher eplains the difference between Pfact and opinionh and gives some eamples
of Pfact and $pinionh
Ex: Thi- 6,o2er i- red
B donHt ,i0e por0
% "tudents chec# the boes
?e' : a ( fact
b( fact
c( fact
d( fact
e( $pinion
g( $pinion
I&. Langage focs 4 :
<ode! sentence : She used to live on a farm.
2orm : G V used to V jerb #bare ) ..
Use : talk about habits or the actions 2 activities happened in the
past
& students look at the pictures and then co"plete the dialoue usin
used to and the +erbs in the bo% :
3ey: used to have ..
used to be
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
42
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

used to live
& Teacher asks sts to "ake so"e "ore sentences usin the structure
&. .ome,or#: & Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ercises 1,2 #WB)
& 'repare speak
Sunday!*
ctober "8
th
! "#$%
Period 21
Unit 4 : Ar * %ast
Lesson 2: $%ea#B L2 3
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to et so"e
speakin skill about the diSerence between the past life and the
present life then "aster the prepositions of ti"e such as in , on , at..
Teachin aids: 'ictures # '4`)
I. Warm %
& Eall a student to read the dialoue by heart aloud only.
& Translate the dialoue.
& Tell what DaQs rand"a had to do in her past.
II. Pre * s%ea#ing
1 Preteach vocab!ary
traditional # ad*) truy@n thmn #antony")
xeld #n) c6nh -.n #+isual)
buildin #n) to, nh, #+isual)
super"arket #n) sisu thk #+isual)
"hec#: Rb ot and remember
2. >rainstorm
& What are the two pictures about b
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
43
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

V '1 is about the past O the countryside.
V '2 is about the present O the city.
& $iscuss in roups of four students.
& take a list:
Past Present
+ small house + big houses
+ big buildings.
+ walked + travel by car
motorbike
bicycle
+ no electricity + electricity! mobile phone
+ wear traditional clothes (wore) + wear modern clothes and
uniforms.
+ worked in the .eld + work in the big shops
+ went to the market + go to the supermarket
+ played traditional games + watch &F.
& Fsk weak students to read the" aloud.
3. <ode! sentences C ()am%!e ()change.
S$: Geople used to live in small house
often lived
S": 4ow people live in big houses and buidings.
Dote: G V used to V j # bare)
oftenO usually V j # past)
III. Whi!e s%ea#ing
1. Geople used to walk + 4ow people can go by car..
&here used to be electricity + &here is electricity now.
#Gs use brainstor"in list to practise speakin)
& Work in pairs.
2. Tell your partner what you used to do co"pared with what you
often do now
(g: / used to teach at D4 school. 4ow! / teach at @B school.
& Work in pairs.
& Elosed pairs.O& open pairs.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
44
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& be +olunteer to talk in front of the class.
I&. Post s%ea#ing B L23 : & !roup work
& Write about your roup "e"bers often did in the past and usually
do now.
# ne correct sentence ets one point.)
& Who ets "ore is the winner )
& Eall 2 tea"s to the blackboard to write.
& Teacher e%plains the way to use the prepositions : between L before
L after
on V date L in V "onthO year O season L at V ti"e ..
& Gtudents do e%ercise 3 pae 44
&. .ome,or#: 1. Uearn +ocabulary.
2. Uook at the picture #'4`) and write about what people did
in the past and now.
3. 'repare for listen.
&uesday!*
ctober "A
th
! "#$%
Period 22
Unit 4 : Ar * %ast
Lesson 3: Listen B L2 182
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to listen for the
"ain idea of the story and to su""arise the story by drawin and
re+ise the si"ple past tense
Teachin aids: 'osters # 4) & Tape
I. Warm % : Ghark attackls
y U H T F U P
II. Pre !istening
1. Preteach vocab!ary :
#to) yell la, ht #"ine)
old # n) +,n #realia)
#to) lay & laid -> tr^n #e%planatron)
foolish # ad*) nu nmc #translatron)
reedy # ad*) tha" la" #e%planatron)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
45
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

"hec#: Rb ot and remember
2. 4essing the %ictre
& 'lay in two tea"s.
& T draws step by step for students to uess.
& Which tea" says correctly ets one point.
#T draws a fa"er, a chicken, an e)
III. Whi!e !istening
1. Gs listen to the tape for the xrst ti"e #only listen).
2. They listen for the second ti"e and write down the past +erbs.
1. li+ed # e) #'1) T. was #'3)
2. had #'1) Z. said #'3)
3. sold #'1) 1`. cut #'4)
4. laid #'2) 11.didnQ xnd #'4)
5. saw #'2) 12. were #'4)
6. yelled #'2) 13. were #e) #'4)
(. ran #p3)
& Fsk the" to write the" on the board.
3. Uisten for the third ti"e and check.
4. Ketell the story & G1L '1L G 2L '2
& Eall one or two students to retell the whole story.
III. Post !istening
& $i+ide the story into 4 parts for 4 roups to draw indi+idually.
& Eheck anf retell the story usin these four pictires.
I&. 0he mora! !esson.
$onQt be foolish and reedy
0a%escri%t. *nce a farm lived happily with his family. 0e had many
chickens. 0e sold their eggs to buy food and clothing for his family.
*ne day! the farmer1s chicken laid a gold egg. &he farmer saw it and
yelled: 3)e1re rich. )e1re richH3
0is wife ran outside to the chicken house. She was very e5cited. She
said 3@et1s .nd more gold eggs3.
So the farmer cut all his chickens were dead.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
46
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&here were no more eggs of any kinds for the foolish farmer and his
greedy wife.
&. Langage focs 182 Teacher asks students to re+ise the si"ple
past tense
erreular +erbs in past for".
1. ha+e & had be & was O were
lay & laid say & said
sell & sold cut & cut
see & saw xnd & found.
2. ()1 ' P44)
a. run & ran d. o & went . be & wasO were
b. y & ew e. ha+e & had h.ride & rode
c. take & took f. do & did i. eat & ate
*. co"e & ca"e k. sit & sat.
&I. .ome,or#: 1. Uearn +ocab V retell the story in writin.
2. $o e%1, 2 # '44). P% 1, 2 #work book ).
)ednesday!
*ctober "(
th
! "#$%
Period 23 TET !EV"E#
A.Aims:
By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to xnd out the
"istakes fro" the test and correct the".
>. 0eaching aids:
The handouts #Fs the handouts of the test)
". "ontent:
#Teacherus re"arks about the test)
.
I&. Ans,er #ey B <ar#s:
1. `.3 % 5 { 1.5
a. tosIue
b.Gailor
c. $idnut use to
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
4(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

d.Gtay
e. Were
2. `.3 % 5 { 1.5
a. endustrial
b.Eo"pulsory
c. es spoken
d.Ma+enut been
e. went
3. `.5 % 5 { 2
a. e wish e were a teacher
b.We ha+e learnt Pnlish for 3 years
c. F new school is oin to be built here
d.e wish e could y
e. We used to write to each other
4. `.3 % 4 { 1.2
a. e arri+ed in Manoi at 5ouclock yesterday "ornin
b.e a" stayin at a nice hotel
c. e ha+e already seen "any places of interest here
d.eull be ho"e ne%t Gunday
5. `.3 % { 1.T
a. 'opulation
b.n
c. ya"ous
d.Eities
e. 'opulation
f. Cse
6. `.2 % 1` { 2
a. B,nothin
b.B, "odel
c. F, at
d.B, used to wear
e. E, ared
f. $, howe+er
.F, a"use"ent
h.E, away
i. B, went
*. E, what
&. .ome,or#:
Kead and xnd out new +ocabulary in Uisten and Kead #C3)
Write as "any acti+ities about the countryside as possible
Eo"plete the rest e%ercise about C2
#Te%tbook V Workbook)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
4T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
4Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
5`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

#ednesda$% &ovember 1'th% 2012
Period 2(
Unit 6: $tdy habits
Lesson 3: Listen
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to listen for
specixc infor"ation to xll in a report card.
Teachin aids: Eassette, tape
I. Warm %: .ang <an :
R(PAR0 "AR9
% Teacher as#s some 8uestions :
+ Does your form teacher usually sends report cards to your
parents at home ,
+ )hy does she do this ,
+ )hat did she write in the report cards,
&o know something about a studentEs study through his report
card . @etEs begin our lesson today .
II. Pre * !istening:
1. Preteach vocab!ary
present #ad*) c3 "5t #e%planation)
absent #ad*) +nn "5t #antony")
beha+ior participation #n) th6i -1 tha" ia if hoc
#translation)
attendance #n) s< tha" d<, tha" ia hoc
#translation)
cooperation #n) s< kct hXp, hXp t6c #translation)
satisfactory #ad*) thoY -6n, thoY "2n #translation)
encourae #+) : <mng viRn , #huyTn #h3ch
"hec#: $!a% the board
2. Pre * !istening activity
Uook at the report card in your book and answer "y Iuestions :
)hat is the studentEs name ,
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
51
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

)hich grade is she in ,
)hat is the teacherEs name ,
)hat subject does she teach ,
)hat is SarahEs motherEs name ,
Teacher e%plains so"e infor"ation fro" the report card
III. ,hi!e !istening
& 1st ti"e: listen only
& 2nd ti"e: listen and check ,co"pare with their partners
& 3rd ti"e: listen, check and correct
& key:
1. days present: T(
2. days absent: 5
3. participation: G #satisfactory)
4. listenin: E #fair)
5. speakin: F #e%cellent)
6. readin: F #e%cellent)
(. writin: B #ood)
& 4
th
listen : Uisten aain and answer the Iuestions : )hat does
Sarah Dhen do to improve her listening skill ,
- )atch &F Inglish programs and listen to Inglish radio
programs
I&. PA$0 LI$0(DID4:
& Fsk and answer about the "issin infor"ation.
$. 0ow many days did Sarah Dhen miss2 was she absent ,
". 0ow many days did Sarah Dhen attend2 was she present ,
'. 0ow did she participate in the lesson,
%. 0ow did she learn on speaking,
7. listening,
8. writing,
9. reading,
enter+iew your friend about the"sel+es and list the infor"ation
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
52
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&I. .ome,or#: 1, Uearn +ocab
2, Cse your partner
O
s infor"ation to write their
report card
3, 'repare for Kead
Thursday,Do+e"ber, 1st,2`12
Period 24 Unit 4 : Ar * %ast
Lesson 4: Read
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to read for
details about a poor kind irl in the story v The lost shoev
Tea)hing aids: 'osters & Tape
I. Warm %
& Tell s"t about the folktale theyQ+e listened.
& e"aine you are a chicken in the story.
II. Pre reading.
1. Preteach vocab!ary
#to) "arry c7i #situtron)
#to) drop -6nh r]i #"i"e)
#to) fall in lo+e phYi ln #situatron)
cruel #ad*) -1c 6c #translatron)
upset #ad*) bu.n b<c #situatron)
prince #n) ho,n t #e%planatron)
fairy #n) c? tisn #translatron)
ras #n) Iu9n 6o r6ch #translatron)
"hec#: $!a% the board.
2. >rainstorm # uess)
& Ean you uess anythin related to 3 characters.
V Uittle 'ea: nice RR
V Gtout Dut: uly RR
V Gtep "other: cruel R.
III. Whi!e reading
1. Read the story si!ent!y.
& Eheck and et infor"ation about the 3 characters abo+e.
a. *ittle +ea:
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
53
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& her "o" and dad died.
& did chores
& had old clothes
& ran to the festi+al.
& dropped one of her shoes.
& lost it
b. tout nut:
& had new clothes.
). te+ mother:
& was cruel.
& "ade new clothes for stout nut.
2. Read si!ent!y again
* 2i!! in the ga%s ' individa!!y + '()1 * P42+
ans,er #eys
a. a farmer d. marry 2 choose
b. died e. new clothes
c. used JJ again f. lost
3. Read the te)t again once more
& Fnswer Iuestions # P%2 & '43)
*u),$ numbers
ans,er #eys.
a. JJJJJJ. a poor farmer1s daughter.
b. JJJJJJ do the chores all day.
c. JJJJJJa fairy appeared and magically changed her rags into
beautiful clothes.
d. JJJJJJ the girl who .tted the lost shoe.
owned the lost shoe.
e. JJJJJJ. ( free answer )
I&. Post reading
& Ketell the story.
& $escribe the charaters in the story.
&. .ome ,or#
1. Uearn +ocab V Kead the te%t aain.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
54
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2. $o e% 1, 2 # '4`) in writin V Translate the te%t.
3. $o e% # '44) Vprepare for v Writev.
&uesday!
4ovember 8
th
! "#$2
Period 25
Unit 4 : Ar * %ast
Lesson 6: Write
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to et "ore
writin skills about folktale with usin the past si"ple tense.
0eaching aids: Posters
I. Warm % Write the past for" of these +erbs.
1. burn &z burnt O burned 6. say &z said
2. lea+e &z left (. appear &z appeared.
3. liht &z lit T. escape &z escaped
4. o &z went Z. be &z was O were
5. tie &z tied 1`. rae &z raed
& Kead aloud
& Eheck irreular +erbs O reularO +erbs.
& Eheck their "eanin.
II. Pre ,riting
1. Preteach vocab!ary
#to) rae 5" cr #+isual)
#to) escape trmn tho6t #translation)
wisdo" # n) tr/ kh?n #translation)
tier # n) con h\ #+isual)
ser+ant #n) -9y t7 #e%planation)
"aster # n) ?n ch #e%planation)
straw #n) r]" r0 #e%planation)
stripe #n) soc, rn #+isual)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
55
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

"hec#: Rb ot and remember.
2. $et the scene
+ 3&his is my wisdom3 + &rK kh<n cLa ta >My
+ )ho are the characters , + buNalo
+ tiger
+ farmer
+ )here did they meet , + on the .eld
+ )hat was the buNalo doing , O ploughing
+ )hat did the tiger ask , + 3)hy the buNalo was bigger than
the farmer but it must serve the farmer.
3. 4a% @!!
& Work in roups. & Ghare with the class.
Ans,er #ey.
$. appeared 2 came 8. tied
". was 9. lit
'. said A. burned
%. left (. escaped
7. went
III. Whi!e * ,riting
& e"aine you are the far"er.
& Cse the words to write the story.
& $i+ide sts into 4 roups .
& Pach roup co"pletes 2 sentences and then write the" on the
board to correct toether.
Ans,er sggestion:
*ne day as / was in the .eld and my buNalo was graPing nearby! a
tiger came.
/t asked why the strong buNalo was my servant and why / was its
master.
/ told the tiger that / had something called wisdom.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
56
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&he tiger wanted to see it ! / told it / left the wisdom at home on that
day.
&hen / tied the tiger to a tree with a rope because / didn1t want it to
eat my buNalo. / went to get some straw and / burned the tiger.
&he tiger escaped but today it still has black stripes from the burn.
I&. Post ,riting : [orrection #spend ti"e correctin the writin)
&. .ome ,or# 1. Uearn +ocabulary.
2. Kewrite the folktale onto the notebook.
3. 'repare for unit 5 # !ettin started V Uisten and
read )
)ednessday!
4ovember 9
th
! "#$2
Period 2-
Unit 6: $tdy habits
Lesson 1: 4etting started . Listen and read
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to speak about
oneQs lesson schedule and to read the dialoue for eneral ideas and
to use the "odal v Ghouldv.
Teachin aids: Eassette & tape & poster.
I. Warm %: !ettin started
& !et your lesson schedule out
& Talk in pairs.
}: Mow often do you ha+e tath b
Pnlish b
'hysics b
tusic b
F: We ha+e tath 5 ti"es a week.
Pnlish 3 ti"es a week.
'hysics twice a week.
tusic once a week.
J Fd+erbs of freIuency.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
5(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

II. Preteach vocab!ary
report card #n) phicu lisn l0c #realia)
report #n) #+) th?n b6o #translation)
se"ester #n) hoc k= #e%planation)
#to) i"pro+e cYi thign, nAn cao #translation)
pronunciation #n) s< ph6t A" #translation)
sound #n) A" #translation)
be proud of t< h,o +@ #translation)
e%cellent #ad*) tuynt v6i , uvt slc &eplanation (
.he),/ !ub out and remember
III. 9ia!oge
1. Practice s%ea#ing
& Uisten to the tape once
& Fsk 2 pairs to stand up to read
& Uisten to the tape aain.
& 'ractise readin in pairs
2. 9o com%rehension e)ercises
a. Ex 2/ True of 0alse
& $i+ide the" into 2 tea"s and ask the" to i+e their choice
& Eheck their answers & Eo"pare and correct
3ey: a. Q d. &
b. & e. Q
c. Q f. &
b. E13. 2ns3er 4uestions
& Uucky nu"bers
& Fnswer in pairs
3ey: a. She is &im1s teacher
b. She gave &im1s mother his report card
c. 0e did very well
d. She said &im should word harder on his Spanish pronunciation
I&. 4rammar * Presentation
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
5T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

R odel sentence
;ou should work hard 2 She should not drink beer
0orm : G V should V j #bare) #should { ouht to)
5sage: To e%press or i+e ad+ice to s"b
Pronun)iation: should not { shouldnQt
endirect speech with v shouldnQtv
(g: S;ou should work harderT the teacher said
+U &he teacher said that / should work harder
0orm: G V said V that V G { should V j #bare)
&. .ome,or#
1. Uearn +ocabulary V translate the dialoue
2. $o e%ercices 2,4 # U.y)
3. 'repare for Gpeak
&hursday!
4ovember A
th
! "#$2
'eriod: 2(
Unit 6: $tdy habits
Lesson 2: $%ea# B L2 1
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about
their habit of studyin and use ad+erbs of "anner
Teachin aids: 'icture #'52)
I. Warm %: Man"an
6 7 5 * 8
& Eorrect e%ercises 2,4 #U.y)
II. $%ea#ing
1. Pre s%ea#ing: $et the scene
& Uan O bad "arks
&: /s @an1s report card e5cellent ,
S: 4o! it isn1t
&: )hat should @an do to make her study better b
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
5Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

J Brainstor": Mow to "ake our study better b
+ spend more time on leaning......
+ do more homeworkJJJ
yor": G V should V j #bare)
ouht to
2. Whi!e s%ea#ing
2ns3er 4uestions/
a. )hen do you do your homework , + before 2 after school ....
+ at night.......................
b. )ho help you with your homework , + my parents 2 brother ....
+ part time teacher...
c. 0ow much time do you spend on ath , ............ an hour a
day
Inglish ,JJ. %7 minutes a day
0istory , JJ '# minutes a day
Ghysics , ......... ' hours a week
@iterature , J. 7 hours a week
d. )hich subject do you need to improve , + Inglish 2 ath ........
e. )hat do you do to improve Inglish , + Do grammar e5ercises
+ Gractise speaking
+ )ork in pairs
3. Post s%ea#ing
& enter+iew each other about their study habits as theyQ+e talked to
each other.
III. Adverbs of manner
V. 0ow do you learn Inglish,
B: / learn Inglish badly
well
& yor": AdE B !y F Adv
& P%ceptions: ood & well
fast O earlyO lateO hardO soon
& 'osition: Ffter or before a +erb O a +erb phrase
& Csae: todify the +erb O the +erb phrase abo+e
()ercise 1: #U.y & ' 53)
$. hard ". fast
'. badly. %. softly
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
6`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

I&. .ome,or#
1. Uearn the for" V do e%ercises 1,4 in the workbook
2. Tell about your study #in writin)
3. 'repare for Uisten
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
61
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

unda$ &ovember% 11
th
% 2012
Period 2(
Unit 6: $tdy habits
Lesson 3: Listening
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to listen for
specixc infor"ation to xll in a report card.
Teachin aids: Eassette, tape
I. Warm %: >rainstorm
well
Fd+erbs of "anner
badly
hard
& yor", position and usae #re+ision)
II. Pre !istening:
1. Preteach vocab!ary
present #ad*) c3 "5t #e%planation)
absent #ad*) +nn "5t #antony")
beha+ior participation #n) th6i -1 tha" ia if hoc
#translation)
attendance #n) s< tha" d<, tha" ia hoc
#translation)
cooperation #n) s< kct hXp, hXp t6c #translation)
satisfactory #ad*) thoY -6n, thoY "2n #translation)
"hec#: $!a% the board
2. Pre * !istening activity
& take the report card clear
& Fsk students to uess to xll in the aps
1, ....................
2, ......................
III. ,hi!e !istening
& 1st ti"e: listen only
& 2nd ti"e: listen and check their prediction, co"pare with their
partners
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
62
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& 3rd ti"e: listen, check and correct
& key:
1. days present: T(
2. days absent: 5
3. participation: G #satisfactory)
4. listenin: E #fair)
5. speakin: F #e%cellent)
6. readin: F #e%cellent)
(. writin: B #ood)
I&. PA$0 LI$0(DID4:
& Fsk and answer about the "issin infor"ation.
$. 0ow many days did Sarah Dhen miss2 was she absent ,
". 0ow many days did Sarah Dhen attend2 was she present ,
'. 0ow did she participate in the lesson,
%. 0ow did she learn on speaking,
7. listening,
8. writing,
9. reading,
enter+iew your friend about the"sel+es and list the infor"ation
&. 4RA<<AR PR($(D0A0IAD:
& G V ask V V to j #nhf)
et #v )
tell #bYo)
(g: @an asked her father to repair the bike
/ don
2
t want to get her to correct my e5ercises.
y mother often tells me to get up early.
& e"perati+es:
(g: Glease sit down Don
2
t talk
: P!ay the game: $imon says #Iuickly, slowly,
nor"ally)
& Gi"on says: nor"ally
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
63
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& T says: slowly to re+iew both
i"perati+es
& Garah says: Iuickly and ad+erbs of "anner
&I. .ome,or#: 1, Uearn +ocab
2, Cse your partner
O
s infor"ation to write their
report card
3, 'repare for Kead
e!nes!a'% &ovember
1'th% 2012
Period 2G
Unit 6: $tdy habits
Lesson 4: Reading
Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to read the
te%t for details to et specixc infor"ation about "ethods of studyin
Pnlish.
Teachin aids: 'osters
I. Warm %: Man"an
& A " A > U L A R H
6o3 man$ ne3 3ords do $ou learn b$
heart a da$ 9
0ow do you learn vocabulary ,@etEs begin our lesson
today .
II. Pre reading
1. Preach vocab!ary
"other tonue #n) ticn " ->
#e%planation)
#to) underline 0ch chAn #+isual)
#to) hihliht l," n\i b_t #"i"e)
#to) co"e across tBnh cf thpy
#e%planation)
#to) stick d6n #"i"e)
#to) "ake a list : lint #R &trans(
necessary & adG( cqn thiTt &trans(
"hec#: Rb ot and remember.
2. >rainstorming: edeas
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
64

the way you learn new
words
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du


& take sentences #copy 5 words each ti"e )
& Kead chorally & Kead indi+idually
III. ,hi!e reading
1. Eheck and co"pare their ideas to the "ethod i+en in the te%t
2. 012 statements.
a. Bll language learners write the meaning of new words in their
mother tongue.
b. Some learners write e5amples of words they want to learn.
c. Ivery learner tries to learn all the new words they come across.
d. any learners only learn the new words that are important
Hey: a. y & all {z so"e c. y & e+ery {z "any
b. T d. T
3. "om%rehension -estions: P 6I.
& $iscuss the Iuestions to xnd out answers.
& Uucky lots to et feed back and correct.
3ey: $! %! A! $# lucky lots.
". a. 4o! they learn words in diNerent ways.
'.b. Because they help them to remember the use of new words.
7.c. &hey write e5amples! highlight! underline them.
8.d. Because they are afraid they can1t.
9. e. Wevision is necessary in learning words.
(. f. &hey should try diNerent ways.
I&. Post reading:& yind so"e one who uses these ways to learn P
words.
)ays of learning words
$. ake a list of words! their
Da"e
1
Da"e
2
Da"e
3
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
65
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

meanings! learn them by
heart
". )rite simple sentences
with new words.
'. Stick new words some
where around you.
%. Xnderline or highlight the
words.
7. Wead stories in Inglish .
8. @earn words through
songs
& Work in roups
& Pach roup report how they learn.
&. .ome,or#: 1. Uearn +ocabulary V reread the te%t
2. Write the answers.
3. $o e%ercises T #'36),1 #'32).
4. 'repare for Write.
:
0hrsday 8 Dovember
16th 82I12
Period 30
Unit 6: $tdy habits
Lesson 6: Writing
Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to know the
for" of a friendly letter and practise writin one to a friend.
Teachin aids: te%t book
I. Warm %: Ehattin.
0ave you ever written to someone ,
&o whom ,
)hat do you often write about ,
II. Pre ,riting
1. Preteach vocab!ary.
lunar Dew year festi+al # n) n,y tct nuysn -6n
# e%planation)
solar Dew year #n) Tct d]n lkch #antony")
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
66
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

en*oyable #ad*) thi +k, +ui +> #synony")
celebrate #+) t\ ch^c, kw nig" #e%a"ple)
result #n) kct IuY
+acation #n) k= nh;
#to) et ood rades -0t -i[" cao
"hec#: Rb ot and remember.
2. Ardering
& 'ut these into correct order of a letter for".
A. >ody of the !etter.
>. $ignatre
". Writer
1
s address and the date 1 .eading.
9. "!osing
(. A%ening
& Hey: E & P &F & $ & B
38 <atching and reading
& tatch the for" with the real letter #p51)
& Fsk the" to tell the class the sentence.
48 Reading com%rehension : Fnswer Iuestions
a. who wrote the letter ,
b. to whom ,
c. )hat about ,
d. 0ow did 0oa learn ,
e. )here is she going to spend her vacation ,
f. )hat did she promise to do ,
III. W.IL( WRI0ID4
& Gubstitution writin #P2& '51)
& ()plain the substitution bo% by askin the sa"e Iuestions used
in readin co"prehension P%1
Guesti+e answers:
&an giang sYuare
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
6(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

0a &inh
4ovember $8th "#$"
Dear Donna!
&hanks for your letter. /
2
m pleased... other
2
s Day vacation.
)e received our. second semester report last month. / got... for
geography! physics and math! but my Inglish and history were poor.
y teachers told me to improve Inglish and history and asked me to
spend J ne5t year. /t is in Butumn. /n a few weeks! we are having
(will have) the id Butumn Qestival or the moon festival. / think / ...
letter weEre going to 0along bay to celebrate the festival with my
aunt and uncle by bus in the afternoon.
/
2
ll send you a post card from there.
)rite to me soon and tell me about all your news.
Wegards.
@an.
I&. .ome,or#:1, Uearn +ocab and a writin for".
2, Write the sa"e letter to your friend.
3, 'repare for lanuae focus 3,4
Wednesday8 Dovember
21
st
8 2I12
Period 31 Unit 6: $tdy habits
Lesson 5: LAD4UA4( 2Acu$ 384
Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to use the
reported speech with co""ands, reIuests and ad+ice.
Teachin aids: 'osters
I. WAR< UP: 'el"anis" : Fd*ecti+e & Fd+erb
1 2 3 4 5
soft good fast bad hard
a b c d e
bad!y hard fast fast ,e!!
:E;:1c 2e 3d 4a 5b
& Eheck their understandin
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
6T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

II. Presentation : endirect speech
<iss =a),son said to Tim
>
s mom ? .an $ou give Tim this
boo, 9?
<iss =a),son as,ed Tim
>
s mom to give Tim that boo,.
0orm/ @ as, Are4uestB @ 7 @ to V
tell A)ommandB not to V.
advise AadviseB
invite AinvitationB
* "ommands8 re-ests:
.an $ou 9
#ill $ou @ V AbareB 9
8on
>
t
Please .
- C @ as,ed> told @ 7 @ to V> not to V
* Advice
... hould
... ought to @ V AbareB
...had better
-C @ advised @ 7 @ to V> not to V
& en+itation : 'lease V j #bare)
)ould you like - 42to F ,
)ill you - F (bare) ,
-C @ invited @ 7 @ to V>not to V
III. Practice:
()4: $%ea#
a. iss Zackson said you should work harder on your Spanish
pronunciation
b. iss Zackson said you should spend more time on your work
c. iss Zackson said you should practise speaking Spanish
d. iss Zackson said you should listen to SpanishJ..
e. iss Zackson said you should use this dictionaryJJ
Work in pairs
Eorrect in writin
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
6Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

a. iss Zackson asked me to wait for her outside the o[ces
b. told give you your report card...
c. asked help you with your Spanish...
d. told meet her the following week.
()3. ',or# boo# * P33) : & Gpeak indi+idually
a. Vuang
2
s sister said: 3&ry your best at school3
b. 3 Qinish your homework before going...3
c. 3 ;ou should learn harder to improve...3
d. 3 / want you to help me with...3
e. 3 correct your grammatical mistakes...3
f. 3 go to the library please3
g. 3 Dan you stop tapping your foot3
l. 3 ;ou
2
d better look up ... dictionary3
i. 3 ;ou should take better care of your eyes3
j. 3 Glease practise speaking I 3
I&. .ome ,or#: 1, Uearn the for"s
2, Kedo 2 e%ercises abo+e
3, $o e%ercises 2, 5, (, T #work book)
0hrsday
8Dovember 22th8 2I12
Period 32
Unit 5: 0he yAUng %ioneers c!bs
Lesson1: 4etting started * Listen and read
Aims: By the end of the lesson8 students will be able to read the
dialoue to et taret lanuae: lo+e, hate ....and to check their
understandins
Teachin aids: Mands out.
I. Re-ests for 16 mintes:
1. "hoose the best ans,er
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
(`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

B. )e can1t live without .....
a. eating and drinking! b. to eat and drink! c. eat and drink
B. 0e ....... a lot " years ago.
a. used to smoking! b. is used to smoke! c. used to smoke
D. 0e asked us ............. to school by bus.
a.to go b. go c. going
D. y mother told me to drive ...............
a. careful way b. carefully c. careful
2. Re,rite
a. &he doctor said to me: Sstay in bedEE.
+U &he doctor advised me to stay in bed
b. 0e is a good singer
+U 0e sings well
c. / usually went for a walk last year.
+U / used to go for a walk last year
d. &he teacher said to them 3 DonEt forget to do homework
+U &he teacher told them not to forget to do homework
II. Listen and read:
1. Preteach vocab!ary
#to) enroll : -:n ka +,o hoc #translation)
outdoor acti+ities #n) ho0t -1n no,i trfi #e%a"ple)
hobby #n) sd th/ch #e%a"ple)
#to) sin ka #"i"e)
application for" #n) <5n %in +inc # trans)
interest #n) sw th3ch &syn(
handicapped &adG( #huyTt tQt &trans(
"hec#: $!a% the board.
2. Listen and read.
& Uisten to the tape
& Kead it for details
& Eo"plete DaQs details.
&ame/ Pham <ai &ga
Phone &o/ not available
6ome address/ 5 Tran Phu street
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
(1
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

8ate of birth/ 2+ril 22% 19(9
ex/ 0emale
"nterest/ 8ra3ing% outdoor a)tivities% a)ting
& enter+iew about Da
a. )hat is her name,
b. /s she on line ,
c. )here does she live ,
d. )hen was she born ,
e. )hat are her hobbies ,
R She likes drawing! acting ....
3. "once%t chec#:
yor": G V lo+e O likeO.en*oy Ohate V jin #erund)
Cse: To say about oneQs hobbies.
III. Practice: Word cue drill
G$: )hat is her hobby ,
G": She loves playing volley ball.
1. Ehat with friends
2. $ecorate the house
3. cook "eals.
I&. .ome,or#:
1. Uearn +ocab V for"
2. $o e%ercise 2 #te%t book)
3. $o e%ercises 5,6 #work book)
4. 'repare for speak
Sunday! 4ovember
"7
th
! "#$"
Period 33
Unit 5: 0he yong %ioneers c!bs
Lesson 2: $%ea# B Langage focs 3
2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to ask for fa+ors
and respond to fa+ors, to oSer and respond to assistance.
Teachin aids: 'osters
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
(2
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

I. Presentation:
1. 8ialogue +resentation 1/
@an: *h! the bag is so heavy
Geter: )hat can / do for you ,
@an: Dould you carry one side ,
Geter: ;es! of course.
& Kead chorallyO in pairs
J P%pressions #ask and respond to a fa+or)
* As# for a favor
DDan you help me ,
DDould you do me a favor ,
DDan2 will2 you - F (bare)
/ / need a favor
& Res%ond to a favor
& Dertainly2 of course2 sure
+ 4o problem
+ )hat can / do for you ,
+ 0ow can / help you ,
+ /1m sorry. /1m busy.
2. 8ialogue +resentation 2/
B: ay / help you ,
B. ;es! can you show me the way to the bank ,
B.Sure! go ahead. &urn left at the .rst corner. /t1s on your right
B. &hanh you.
J P%pressions #oSer and respond to an assistance)
& AJer assistance
ay / help you ,
Do you need any help ,
@ @et me help you
& Res%ond to assistance
; ;es! that1s kind of you
4o! thank you
& &hanks. / can manage.
III. Practice:
1.2s, for and res+ond to a favor
() 3a:
& yill in the aps
& Kead chorally
& Kead in pairs: pen & Elosed
3ey: B. buy ticket for me ,
B. take me across the road ,
D. help me with this math problem ,
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
(3
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

D. water the 6owers in the garden b
2. 7Der and res+ond to assistan)e.
() 3b:
& yill in the aps
& Kead chorally
& Kead in pairs: pen & closed
Hey: B: ay / ... ,
B: Do you need ... ,
D: ..... me help you ,
D: .... very kind ...
I&. 2r0her %ractice:
& Gpeak in pairs, dependin on these situations
a. ;our friend needs help to .5 her bike because she has a 6at
tyre (favor)
b. ;ou want to help a tourist who wants to .nd the nearest post
o[ce (assistance)
c. ;our neighbour has to tidy her yard but her legs were unluckily
broken. (favor)
d. ;ou see a stranger trying to ask the way to a hospital. you oNer to
help her.
&. .ome,or#:
1, Uearn +ocabulary and e%pressions
2, Kedo e%ercise 3 #te%t book)
3, $o e%ercise 4 #workbook)
4, 'repare for listen
)ednesday! 4ovember
"A
th
! "#$"
Period 34
Unit 5: 0he yong %ioneers c!bs
Lesson 3: Listen BL2 1 8 2
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
(4
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2ims/ By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to check the use
of erund and to et "ore listenin skills about a son and then
practise sinin this son
Teachin aids: catssetteO tapeO poster
I. Warm %: Man"an
$ P ( A 3 I D 4
& Fsk students to "ake dialoues e%pressin oneus assistance or fa+or.
& The other students listen and i+e "arks.
Ii. Pre !istening:
1. !evie3 vo)abular$
Words-are
G C T M K W
T M C T e
F P K ! K
D E P W M U
$ F j C D T $
P D e T P
y ' U F E P
& "ake a list of 12 words
+ south + of + peace
+ right + place + unite
+ world + north + love
+ stand + out + show
& Eheck their "eanins
& Eheck pronunciation.
2. Predi)tion/
& !uessin the word to xll in each ap.
III. Whi!e !istening:
& 1st listenin: Eheck their uessin.
& 2nd listenin: yill "ore aps
& 3rd listenin: Eheck and correct
3ey:
$! unite 8! south $$! out
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
(5
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

"! peace 9! of $"! stand
'! right A! world $'! world
%! love (! show
7! north $#! place
I&. %ost !istening:
1. .he), the rh$thm/
2. Pra)tise singing senten)e b$ senten)e/
& Kead aloud line by line
& Fsk students to practise readin.
& 'ractise sinin sentence by sentence
& Eall so"e students to perfor"
&. 4rammar: Langage focs 182 : !erund
0orm / @ li,e > love > disli,e > hate > enEo$ @ Ving
F, Uook at the table . talk about your friendsu hobbies and then ask and
answer with your partner
B, Work with a partner . Fsk and answer Iuestions about NN Gprin
acti+ity prora"s
F <a,e a list of verbs follo3ed b$ to V
& want O hope O wish .... to j
& to j # for e%pressin oneQs purpose)
& et V be V Fd* V to j
&I. .ome,or#:
1. Uearn the son by heart
2. $o e%ercise ( #workbook)
3. 'repare for read
&hursday! 4ovember
"(
th
!"#$"
Period 36
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
(6
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Unit 5: 0he yong %ioneers c!bs
Lesson4: Read
2ims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to read the te%t
for details and to know so"ethin about BGF.
Teachin aids: catssetteO tapeO poster
I. Warm %:
F *isten to the song again
& 'erfor" the son
F Grainstorm
clean up the beach
What do youn pioneers do b
help the elderly
help the blind
J Eheck "eanin
J UetQs co"pare what N and N do with what B GF do.
II. %re reading:
1. Pretea)h vo)abular$
<atching
1. citienship #n) a. khuycn kh/ch, ph6t tri[n
2. encourae #+) b. t\ ch^c
3. association #n) c. t c6ch, Iuy@n c?n dAn
4. oraniation #n) d. tBnh nuygn
5. +oluntary #ad*) e. higp h1i
6. coeducational #ad*) f. th[ l<c c6 nhAn
(. scout #n) . -.n i6o dlc
T. personal xtness #n) h. h7n -0o sinh
Z. si"ilar #ad*) i. imn
1`. establish #+) *. thict l_p
Hey: 1c, 2a, 3e, 4b, 5d, 6, (h, Tf, Zi, 1` *
& Kead chorallyO indi+idually
& Eopy on their notebooks
2. True> 0alse statement +redi)tion
a. &he Boys Scout of Bmerica (BSB) is a youth organiPation
b. Scouting began in Bmerica.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
((
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

c. )illiam Boyce is a businessman in @ondon
d. Boys and girls can join BSB
e. &he scouting Bssociation is the biggest voluntary youth organiPation
in the world.
III. Whi!e reading:
1st reading: chec# their %rediction
Hey: a. T
b. y Pnland
c. y F"erica
d. y "ainly boys
e. T
J P%plain the youth oraniation.
& N N: Noun pioneer and youth oraniation & jiet Da"
& BGF: Boys Gcout of F"erica & F"erica
2nd reading: answer these Iuestions
J $i+ide the" into s"all roups and ask the" to discuss the Iuestions
and xnd out the answers.
J Eall the" to say the" aloud in pairs
a. )hen did scouting begin in Ingland , $(#9
b. )hat led to the scouts Bssociation crossing the Btlantic in $((# ,
&he meeting between a boy scout and )illiam did.
c. )hat are the scouting groups that girl can join ,
+ &he girls guided association! Damp Qire boys and girls.
d. )hat are the three aims of the scouting program ,
+ characters! citiPenship! personal .tness
I&. Post reading : Intervie,
Vuestions: a. )hen did scouting begin ,b. )hen were the aims
established ,
c. Dan a girl join in BSB ,
&. .ome,or# :1. Uearn +ocabulary
2. Write the answers and the su""ary of BGF
3. 'repare for write
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
(T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

$nday8 9ecember
2nd8 2I12
Period 3-
Unit 5: 0he yong %ioneers c!b
Lesson 6: Write
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a letter
about a future plan usin v be oin to do s"t
Teachin aids: 'oster
I. Warm %:
& Fsk students to write the for" with v oin tov
@ am > is> are going @ V.
& take so"e sentences with this structure.
II. Pre ,riting.
1. Preteach vocab!ary
#to) raise fund Ay Iu #situation)
bank #n) bf s?n #+isual)
natural resources #n) t,i nuysn thisn nhisn #e%a"ple)
en+iron"ent #n) "?i trfn.
"hec#: r.o.R
2. Read the notice caref!!y ' P6/+
& Fnswer the co"prehension Iuestions:
a. )hat do members of the ; \ ; have to do in the recycling
program ,
+ collect grass! paper! cans ..........
b. )hat is the purpose of the recycling program ,
+ to save natural resources and to earn money ,
c. )hat other programs can they take part in ,
+ other programs such as raising fund for the poor! helping street
children! planting trees.....
3. "om%!ete the !etter '2rom Dga to Linh+
& students do it the"sel+es
& check and correct.
Hey: $! having %! send 9! participating
"! recycling 7! recycling A! planting
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
(Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

'! collect 8! save (! helping
III. Whi!e ,riting:
& check so"e infor"ation about Moa
& Moa plans to #i"aine you are Moa)
+ join in the ;\; green group.
+ hold an environment month.
+ plant 6owers and trees
+ water 6owers and trees
+ plant young trees and plants to sell
+ bring more green to the city.
+ earn some money for the school ;\;.
J Cse the near future and si"ple future if necessary to write a letter to
your parents to tell the" about what you are oin to doO plan to do.
& $i+ide the class into T&1` roups
& Fsk the" to write on the posters
& T oes around and controls the".
I&. Post ,riting:
* ()hibition.
V Ehoose 4 letters and stick the" on the boardO wall.
V Eall the representati+e of earh roup to read their letter aloud for
the others to correct if necessary.
V !o on with the three other letters
V !i+e "arks to each roup.
$o P% 4 #work book)
Hey: a. 4ga plans to visit her grandpanrents2visits her .....
b. 0oa plans to practice singing2practices singing
c. 4am plans to practice playing soocer with school
team2plays...........
d. r and rs &uan plan to prepare food for children1s friends.......
e. Ba plans to go to 0uong pagoda with classmates2goes .......
f. @inh helps children play games 2 plans to help.........
J Gi"ple present for a future plan
&. .ome,or#:1. Uearn +ocab
2. Write a letter to ...............................
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
T`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

3. Ke+iew and prepare for Uanuae focus
Wenesa' C Decem$er 5t#C
*A1* Geriod '9 : WIF/S/*4 Q*W &0I SID*4D &IS&
Aims/ By the end of the lesson, students will be able to re+ise so"e
ra""artical points theyu+e learnt and practice doin e%ercises .
Teachin aids: 'osters.
I. Warm %: Brainstor"
cleanin up the streets
collectin waste paper
The N N prora"s
plantin trees helpin blind people
II. Presentation:
1.!e+orted s+ee)h /
a. Advice : @ advised @ 7 @ that @ 2 @ should >
shouldnHt @ V
@ to V > not to V
b. Re-ests 1 commands :
@ told > as,ed @ 7 @ to V > not to V
2. Adverbs of manner / 2dE @ l$ / )arefull$ % 4ui),l$% slo3l$
I..
F hard % earl$ % fast % late II
3. Present tense ,ith ftre meaning 1 the sim%!e %ast ,ith
sed to K.
RS - F(s2es) (Simple present tense)
R I5press an action happening at a de.nite time in the future (with a
de.nite schedule)
R S - used to - F ] S - usually 2 often - F (past)
RI5press a habit in the past
4 . 4ernds : & Gub*ect O ob*ectO co"ple"ent
a. S - like2 love - Fing (s^ thKch)
enjoy2 adore
hate2detest
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
T1
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

b. Greposition - Fing
after2 before2by2in 2 on ......
6. 0o verb '&erb F f!! in@nitive+
a. S - want2 intend2 hope2 wish - to F
b. S - like2 love2 hate 2 detest - to F (c_n thi`t tac thbi)
5. &erb 'bare+ let - * - F
make
7. Pre%ositions of time : in ! on ! at! after ! before ! between JJ
III. ()ercises :
) Rewrite t#e 8o&&owing sentences.
I. P Hou shouldn-t listen to that #ind of music, Timh
Tim-s mother told him +++++++++++++++++++
N. P [an you help me learn English, Ba.h
Ega as#ed Ba ++++++++++++++++++++++
Z. P /on-t wal# on the grassh the gardener said to us.
The gardener as#ed ++++++++++++++++++++
O. P Hou should wash your hands before meals, Luongh !rs Ega said
!rs Ega +++++++++++++++++++++++++
) Give t#e correct ver$ tenses
I. People used to % )o( +to wor# on foot. But now they are used to &travel (...by
motorbi#e.
N. "he often tries & learn ( +++++++.the new words by heart.
Z. 1e &plant ( ++++++trees and flowers in the school garden net month.
O. These girls li#e & listen ( ++++++..to pop music.
g. The moon++++..&go( around the sun
J. 0 and my sister +++++++..&see( a movie tonight
c. !arry usually ++++.&go( to the library but yesterday she +++.&not go(
8. "he ++++++.&live( in Xome, 1hen she +++++++& be( a little girl.
M. They +++++++&hear( some strange noise last night
IK. 1hen ranne was young, "he used to ++++++&go swimming( in the river
) Write a com,&ete &etter 8rom t#e given wors
/ear 2an,
Than# you * much* your letter* which* arrive* few days ago
0t * be * lovely* hear * you.
0 * be sorry * 0 * not * write * a long time * but 0 * be very sorry.
As you #now * we * buy * new house * "eptember.
0t * be * very bad condition * and * it * repairing a lot.
1e * already* finish * most of it * and now* it * loo# * very nice.
0 * really* loo# forward* see you again.
2ove,Lang
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
T2
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

V. Homework :
I. finish writing E I & PJK(
N. finish the rest eercises in the wor#boo#
3. Ke+ise unit 4, 5
Thur-day,De.ember >
th
,!"
PERIOD 4D : WRI99E< 9E+9
A. Aims : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to co"plete
the test accurately and "aster the knowlede theyu+e learnt fro"
units 3 V 4
R&eaching aids: Mandouts
>."ontent:
I / .#oose t#e wor t#at #as t#e %ner&ine &etter ,rono%nce i88erent&' 8rom t#e ot#ers
I . A. plante B. wor#e [ . collecte / . neede
N . A. enroll B. help [ . pencil /. spend
Z . A. #ow B. #ighlight [ . #our /. #ot
O . A. coo#s B. stops [ . gets /. plays
II..#oose t#e $est o,tion $' circ&ing t#e &etter AC "C .C or D.
I. !ary was born ............................. August NK
th
, IMMI.
a. to b. on c. in d. at
N. !y grandmother didn-t use +++++++.to school..
a. go b. to go c. going d. went
Z. Tim-s report card is ecellent, so his mother is very proud ........... him.
a.. about b.. of c. on d. with
O. "he as#ed me .............................. late for school any more.
a. am not b. not to be c. not be d. not being
g. Lis doctor said he .................................. in bed that wee#.
a. will stay b. has to stay c. can stay d. should stay
J. [an you help me .......................................... this bag.
a. carrying b. carried c. to carry d. carry
c. Eam spea#s English very .........................................................
a. well b. good c. better d. bad
8. 1e must be there ................................... 8.ZK ++++++. M.Ig.
a. at *at b. between * and c. on * at d. to * at
III/ +%,,&' t#e correct 8orms o8 t#e ver$s in $racket to com,&ete t#e sentences
I. !rs rac#son+++++..Tim a lot of homewor# last wee#.& give (
N. Eam li#es++++++++to music.& listen(
Z. Loa+++++++..to school by bi#e everyday. &go(
4. Le used to++++++..his mother with the housewor# . &help(
IV/ Rewrite
I. P Eat more fruits and vegetables.h The doctor said to me.
% The doctor told me++++++++++++++++++++++++
N. P [an you open the door, Eamh Loa said.
% Loa as#ed+++++++++++++++++++++++++++
3. 0 often played badminton.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
T3
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

% 0 used +++++++++++++++++++++++++
O. Le plans to travel to L[! city.
% Le is+++++++++++++++++++++++++
g. They are interested in playin bad"inton
& They en*oyRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
V/ Rea t#e ,assage an answer t#e :%estions.
0n the first year of lower secondary school. Ega had some difficulties in learning English.Ler
pronunciation of English words was really bad and her English grammar was worse."he did not #now
how to improve them .
$ne afternoon after the lesson, her teacher of English told her to wait for her outside the classroom
."he too# her to the school library and show her how to improve her pronunciation with a cassette."he
also told her how to use an English%English dictionary to improve her English grammar.Eow her
English is better and she has Gust won a priYe in the English "pea#ing contest.
I. 1hat difficulties did Ega have in the first year of lower secondary school.
N. /id she #now how to improve her English.Z.1ho helped her improve her English.
O. Low did she help her to improve her English grammar.
g. Low is her English now.
I / .#oose t#e wor t#at #as t#e %ner&ine &etter ,rono%nce i88erent&' 8rom t#e ot#ers
I . A. plante B. wor#e [ . helpe / . misse
N . A. enroll B. pencil [ . help /. spend
Z . A. #ow B. #ighlight [ . #our /. #ealth
O . A. coo#s B. helps [ . gets /. rains
II..#oose t#e $est o,tion $' circ&ing t#e &etter AC "C .C or D.0*,ts2
I. !ary was born ............................. August NK
th
, NKKN.
a. at b. on c. in d. to
N. !y grandfather didn-t use +++++++.to school..
a. going b. to go c. go d. went
Z. Tim-s report card is ecellent, so his mother is very proud ........... him.
a.. about b.. of c. in d. with
O. "he as#ed me .............................. on time for school.
a. not to b. not be c. to be d. not being
g. Lis doctor said he .................................. in bed that wee#.
a. will stay b. has to stay c. can stay d. should stay
J. [an you +++++++. me a favor .
a. help b. do c. ta#e d. ma#e
c. Eam spea#s English very .........................................................
a. well b. good c. better d. bad
8. 1e must be there ........................... 8.ZK +++++++.. M.ZK
a. in*to b. between * to c. at * at d.from * to
III/ +%,,&' t#e correct 8orms o8 t#e ver$s in $racket to com,&ete t#e sentences
I,!rs rac#son +++++..Tim a lot of homewor# last wee#.&not give (
N,Ega enGoys++++++++T) in her free time.& watch (
Z,Loa usually +++++..to school by bi#e everyday last year . &get(
O,Le used to++++++..swimming in summer.&go (
IV/ Rewrite t#e 8o&&owing sentences
IP /on-t stay up too late .h The doctor said to me.
% The doctor told me++++++++++++++++++++++++
N,They often dran# beer
% They used+++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Z La plans to go to the Yoo
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
T4
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

% La is+++++++++++++++++++++++++
O . Ghe doesnut like listenin to "usic.
& Ghe hates ............................................................................................
g. P Please, ta#e the chairs away .h Einh as#ed his brother .
% Einh as#ed+++++++++++++++++++++++++++
V/ Rea t#e ,assage an answer t#e :%estions.0*,ts2
0n the first year of lower secondary school. Ega had some difficulties in learning English.Ler
pronunciation of English words was really bad and her English grammar was worse."he did not #now
how to improve them .
$ne afternoon after the lesson, her teacher of English told her to wait for her outside the classroom
."he too# her to the school library and show her how to improve her pronunciation with a cassette."he
also told her how to use an English%English dictionary to improve her English grammar.Eow her
English is better and she has Gust won a priYe in the English "pea#ing contest.
I. 1hat difficulties did Ega have in the first year of lower secondary school.
N. /id she #now how to improve her English.
Z.1ho helped her improve her English.
O. Low did she help her to improve her English grammar.
g. Low is her English now.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
T5
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Sunday December $8
th
!"#$"
Period 39
0he second 46 * minte *test
Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to check
their understandin and the teacher can "easure their knowlede
Teachin aids: Mands out
I. Re-ests #photocopied the ne%t pae)
II. Ans,er #eys
e. Pronun)iation 5 % `,3 { 1,5
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
T6
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

unda$%
8e)ember 9
th
%2012
Period 39
Unit 7: <y neighborhood
Lesson 1: 4etting sarted * Listen and readB L2 182
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know
specixcally about DaQs new neihborhood #places in the
neihborhood)
Teachin aids: Te%t book O poster
I. Warm % tatchin
Pictres names of %!aces
1. AdB drug store
2 . A)B 3et mar,et
3. AfB s3imming +ool
'. AaB gro)er$ store
5. AbB stadium
-. AeB hairdresserJs
& Kead chorally
& Fnswer the Iuestion:
3 /s there a ............ near your house ,3
II. Listen and read:
1. Pretea)h vo)abular$
close by # ad+) 9n, lAn c_n # e%planation)
ser+e #+) phlc +l #situation)
a pancake b6nh kcp #translation)
tasty #ad*) non, c3 +k non #synony")
neihbor #n) h,n %3" #e%planation)
neihborhood #n) %3" l,n, +n lAn c_n #word for"ation)
"hec#: What and ,here
pancake closeby
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
T(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

tasty ser+e
2. Pre 4uestions
& Get the scene Da" and Da
& 'redict the answers.
a. 6o3 long has &am lived in that neighborhood 9
b. #here does &a 3ant to go 9
& Write their prediction.
J Kead the dialoue in pairs
& 1st: Eheck their answers
Hey: a. 1` years
b. a restaurant
& 2nd: Fnswer co"prehension Iuestions
& !i+e the" ti"e to discuss.
& Eo"pete in 2 tea"s.
& Uucky lot a"e # 4 lucky lots)
1 #b) 2#e) 3#ll) 4#a) 5 #ll) 6#f) (#ll) T#ll) Z#c) 1`#ll)
Hey: a. Da is new to the neihborhood.
b. Ghe and her fa"ily arri+ed last week.
c. DaQs "other is +ery tired.
d. There is a restaurant in the area.
e. The restaurant ser+es food fro" Mue.
f. Da" thinks the pancakes are +ery tasty.
III. 4rammar %resentation: Langage 2ocs 182
todel sentences: 4am has lived there for $# years.
4amEs JJJJJJJJJJ
/ have learnt Inglish since $(($.
/Eve JJJJJJJJJJJ
Eoncept check: 'resent perfect tense
2orm: @ have> has @ P2 .... sin)e @ +oint of time
for @ +eriod of time
Use: P%press an action which started in the past lasts and is
related to present.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
TT
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&I. .ome,or#: 1. Uearn +ocab V structures
2. take 5 sentences with ''T
3. Translate the dialoue, $o e%ercise 3 #'6Z)
4. 'repare for speak.
&uesday ! December
$$
th
!"#$"
Period '0
Unit 7: <y neighborhood
Lesson 2: $%ea# BL2 3
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to talk about
how to send parcels or letters.
Teachin aids: 'osters
I. Warm %: Man"an #words)
& en+elope
& letter
& post o|ce
& take si"ple dialoues usin these words to chat
II. Pre L s%ea#ing:
1. Pretea)h vo)abular$
air"ail #n) th i -fn h,n kh?n #e%planation)
surface "ail #n) th i -fn thuw, b1 #e%planation)
chare #+) t/nh ti@n c7c #translation)
chare #n) c7c ph/ #translation)
"hec#: Rb ot and remember
2. 8is)uss 4uestions
& i+e the" 3 Iuestions
& discuss the" and xnd out the answers.
& check their answers.
a. Does rs Kim send the parcel by air mail or surface mail ,
+ surface mail.
b. )hy ,
+ because it is much cheaper.
c. )hat1s the weight of her parcel ,
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
TZ
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

+ 7 kilograms
d. 0ow much does she pay ,
+ $(."## dongs.
III. Whi!e s%ea#ing
1. Pla$ the role of <rs :im and the tea)her.
& 'ractise in pairs.
& Eall the" to speak aloud.
& Eorrect their pronunciation.
& Work in pairs.
2. +ea,ing in situations.
a. ()am%!e sitation :
& trs Uan wants to post a letter by air "ail.
& take a dialoue between Uan and the clerk in the o|ce.
% Pncourae students to "ake the dialoue by the"sel+es.
% Eheck
Dlerk: Dan / help you ,
rs @an: / want to send a letter to ......
Dlerk: Do you want to send it airmail or surface mail ,
rs @an: / send it .................. 0ow much is it ,
Dlerk: @et me see! mm! ...... grams! it1s only .........
rs lan: 0ere you are.
Dlerk: &hank you.
& 'ractise it in pairs.
b. $bstittions.
& post cardO MEt cityO air"ailO 15 rs
& parcel O Ea tau O air"ail O 2 krs
& parcelO Buon te Thuot O surfaceO 5 krs
I&. Post s%ea#ing:
& e"aine your situation and practise with your partner.
&. 4rammar e)ercises:
1. Uanuae focus 1: "atchin
& Kead all the +erbs aloud
& Kead chorally
2. Uanuae focus 3: +erb for"s
& Fsk a student to write the answer.
Key: a. have lived d. have attended
b. haven1t eaten e. has worked
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
Z`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

c. haven1t seen f. has collected
&I. .ome,or#: 1. Kedo e%ercises 1, 3
2. 'repare for Uisten
3. Uearn by heart +ocabulary
0rida$ % 8e)ember 1'
th
% 2012
Period 41
Unit 7: <y neighborhood
Lesson 3: Listen B L2 4
Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to know what
Da is oin to do at the weekend by listenin to the tapescript.
Teachin aids: Eassette V Tape
I. Warm %: Man"an
* " T E &
II. Pre !istening: >rainstorming and gessing
& Uook at 4 ads of v whatQs on this week b v
& !uess what is in the blanks 2, 3, 4.
1. <ovies: + the newcomer
2. P!ace: + stadium
+ school ground
+ city2 town ground
3. Activity: + drama2 play
+ I speaking club 2 contest
+ dancing
+ picture e5hibition
+ music
4. P!ace + gallery
+ culture house
+ school
+ city hall
J Da is new
Ghe is talkin to Da" about what sheQs oin to do ............
III. Whi!e L !istening:
& 1st: & Uisten to the tape
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
Z1
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& !i+e the answers
& !i+e feedback
3ey: $. &he newcomer
". &own Cround
'. Inglish speaking contest
%. Dulture house
& 2nd: & Kead state"ents in P%2 # '66)
& !uess what is TO y O De
& Ghare ideas with friends.
& !i+e feedback.
Hey: a & T d & T
b & y e & T
c & y f & y
& 3rd: & Fnswer co"prehension Iuestions.
& Write their answers on the paper
& Eo"pare with their partners.
& Gpeak aloud
3ey: a. ;es
b. Because she has seen it before.
c. Because it doesn1t open during the weekend.
d. 4am! Ba and inh.
e. Bt % p.m.
I&. Post !istening:
& Work in roups.
& $iscuss what Da is oin to do.
& Ketell it to the class.
&. 4rammar: LAD4UA4( 2A"U$ 4
Eo"plete the con+ersation . Cse the correct for" of the +erbs in the
bo% :
$. have been ". hope
'. have you lived %. /s
7. want 8. looks
9. 0ave J.been A. have seen
Gtudents practice readin the dialoue in pairs
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
Z2
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&I. .ome,or#:
1. Uearn +ocabulary
2. Kedo Uy 2 V $o e%ercises 1, 2, 3, 5, # Workbook)
3. 'repare for Kead
Sunday December $8
th
!"#$"
Period 42
0he second 46 * minte *test
Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to check
their understandin and the teacher can "easure their knowlede
Teachin aids: Mands out
I. Re-ests #photocopied the ne%t pae)
II. Ans,er #eys
<o 1
I
I .B. N . A. Z . [ . O ./
II.
I. b. on N b. to go Z. .b.. of Ob. not to b
g. d. should stay J. c. to carry c. a. well 8.b. between * and
III/
I.gave Z, goes
N,listening O, help
IV/ Rewrite
I, Eam is fond of * intersted in playing soccer.
N, Loa as#ed Eam to open the door.
Z,!y father wor#s carefully.
O,The teacher said Eam should practice..........
g, Eam usually went to.................
V/ Rea t#e ,assage an answer t#e :%estions.
I. "he had some difficulties in learning English.
N. Eo,she didn-t
Z. Ler teacher of English helped her improve her English* did
O."he also told her how to use an English%English dictionary .
g. her English is better

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
Z3
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

<o*
ICII CVE t#e same as <o1
III/ +%,,&' t#e correct 8orms o8 t#e ver$s in $racket to com,&ete t#e sentences
I,give
N,watching
Z,got
O,go
IV/ Rewrite t#e 8o&&owing sentences
I% The doctor told me not to stay up too late .
N% Loa is a good student.
Z % !y father as#ed me to turn off the radio.
O. 1e li#e learning E.
g..............to raise cattle ...........................
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
Z4
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
Z5
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

0esday 89ecember 1/
th
8 2I12
Period 43
Unit 7: <y neighborhood
Lesson 4: Read
Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to read for
details to understand the passae about a new shoppin "all.
Teachin aids: 'ictures, Te%t book, 'osters.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
Z6
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

I. Warm %: Taboo
& $i+ide the class into 2 roups.
& T reads out the dexnitions.
& Gs try to xnd out the words.
1. super"arket
2. rocery store
3. bookstore
4. restaurant
5. "o+ie theatre
6. custo"er.
II. Pre reading:
1. Pretea)h vo)abular$
a roof "6i nh, #+isual)
con+enient # ad*) thu_n tign #translation)
a selection s< l<a chon
#e%planation)
a+ailable # ad*) sn c3 #translation)
a "all khu bu?n b6n #translation)
a resident c dAn, nfi dAn #e%planation)
"hec#: Rb ot and remember
2. >rainstorming8 gessing and thin#ing
Ghop in co"fort buy
anythin
ha+e fun
III. Whi!e reading
& 1st readin & Eo"pare with their brainstor"in ideas.
& !i+e feedback
& 2nd readin: & $o e%ercise 1 & '6T
& TrueO yalse state"ents
# Kead the te%t aain and decide which state"ents are true or false)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
Z(
The con+enience
of the new
shoppin "all
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Hey: a. y {zThe "all is open daily
b y {z There are 5` stores in the hall.
c y {z Dot e+eryone is pleased.
d T
e T
& Fsk the" to read the correct sentences.
& 3rd readin: & $o e%ercise & '6T
& Fnswer co"prehension Iuestions.
# Kead the te%t aain, discuss the Iuestions in roups)
& 'lay the a"e: lucky lost # 4 Iuestions V 4 lucky lots)
Hey: a. et is diSerent fro" the present shoppin "all .....
b. There are 5` air conditioned specially stores, 4 "o+ie theatres, 1`
restaurants and a play area.
c. They think the "all will take their business.
d. The stores in the "all will oSer a wider selection of products,
so"e oods are at lower prices.
I&. Post reading:
& Ketell the te%t.
& $iscuss:
What will happen if there is a new "all in your neihborhood b
&. .ome,or#: 1 Uearn +ocab by heart
2. $o e%ercises 1, 2, # ' 6T)
3. Write about a new "all in your neihborhood
#i"aine)
4. 'repare for v Writev.
2riday8
9ecember 21st82I12
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
ZT
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Period 44
Unit 7: <y neighborhood
Lesson 6: Write B L2 6
Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to write a
notice and to use so"e ad*ecti+es to "ake co"parisons.
Teachin aids: 'el"anis" cards.
I. Warm %: yind anto"y"s & pairs of ad*ecti+es
$ " ' % 7
e5pensive diNerent modern short small
a b c d e
long cheap old same big
:e$/ 1b 2d 3) 'a 5e
& Kead the" aloud
II. Presentation:
1. et the s)ene
& show the" three hats
& blue hat black hat
& blue hat yellow hat
2. 8ialogue +resentation A buildB
&: )hich hat do you like ,
S: / like the blue hat.
&: )hy ,
S: Because it is not as big as the yellow one.
&: ;es! the blue hat is diNerent from the yellow hat
)hat about the black one ,
S: &he black hat is the same as the blue hat.
But / don1t like its colour.
3. <odel senten)es
&he blue hat is diNerent from the yellow hat.
the same as the black hat.
'. .on)e+t )he),
2orm: . ......... the sa"e as ............ imn +7i
................. diSerent fro" ......... kh6c +7i
.............. # not) as ............ as ....... #kh?n) nh ...
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
ZZ
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Use: & P%press the diSerence and si"ilarity of two ob*ects.
5. Pra)ti)e
& $o e%ercise 5 # '(1)
& Work in pairs
& $iscuss the answers
Hey: a ................. not as bi as ................
b. .............. diSerent fro" ..............
c. .............. diSerent fro" ...............
d. .............. the sa"e as ..................
e. .............. not as bi as ................
f. .............. the sa"e as ...................
. .............. as lon as .....................
h. ............ not as "odern as ...........
i. ............ not as cheap as ..............
III. Writing:
1. Pre 3riting/ & Kead the notice
& Fnswer TQs Iuestions to know the followins.
V hold a "eetin
V at 12 Man $ao street, BinhQs hardware.
V on tay 12, at T p. ".
V 'ha" jan Tai
2. #hile 3riting / $bstittion
J P%a"ple: The school Pnlish speakin club
SGIBK/4C D*4&IS& &* DI@IBWB&I the teacher1s Day.
Date: 4ovember $7 &ime: 9.'# pm ( to $# p.m)
Glace: 0all
Glease contact &.&.& 0ang of class A0 for more information
J Base on this notice to write a new one #i"aination)
3. Post 3riting/ & Ghare with their partners
& Eheck and correct 1 or 2 writins
I&. .ome,or#.
1. Uearn for"s V "ake 1` sentences
2. $o e%3 #'6T) & e%5 # '(1) V e% ( # workbook)
3. 'repare for lanuae focus
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1``
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Sunday December! "'
rd
! "#$"
Period '5
Unit 7: <y neighborhood
Lesson 5: Langage focs
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to use the
present perfect and strenthen co"parisons
Teachin aids: 'osters
I. Warm %: tatchin
j #bare) '2
1. be a. seen
2. o b. been
3. see c. one
4. do d. written
5. eat e. done
6. write f. spoken
(. dri+e . eaten
T. speak h. dri+en
Hey: 1b, 2c, 3a, 4e, 5, 6d, (h, Tf
% Kead chorally O indi+idually
II. Presentation 'Revision+
1. &ocab!ary
co"pany #n) c?n ty #translation)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1`1
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

throuh #prep) Iua, %uysn Iua #translation)
2. 4rammar
a. The +resent +erfe)t tense.
yor": G V ha+e O has V '2
Cse: & e%press a past e+ent without a dexnite ti"e
& e%press an action happenin fro" the past, relatin to the
present #with a result)
& e%press an action happenin recently
ad+: & *ust, already, e+er, ne+er V '2
& for V period of ti"e
& since V period of ti"e
b. .om+arisons
J #not) as V Fd*O ad+ V as ..............
J diSerent fro" ................
J the sa"e as ..............
III. Practice
1. Prononce ha+e &z +e
has &z s
ha+e not &z ha+enQt
has not &z hasnQt
2. 9istingish bet,een ? for? and ? since?
$o e%ercise 2 #'6Z)
Hey: for 5 "inutes since anuary
for 1` weeks since 1ZZ`
for 3 hours since the su""er
for 2` years since yriday
3. Cse the present perfect
$o e%ercise 3 #' 6Z)
Hey: a. ha+e li+ed d. ha+e attended
b. ha+enQt eaten e. has worked
c. ha+enQt seen f. has collected
4. $istinuish the present perfect and past si"ple
& 'ast si"ple: 'ast e+ent with a dexnite ti"e
& 'resent perfect: 'ast e+ent without a dexnite ti"e
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1`2
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

5. co"pare thinsOpeople
& Gpeak indi+idually
& 'repare 3 sentences to talk to class"ates.
ej. Eorrect the and 45 "inute test
& Fsk 5 students to write 5 e%ercises in the test on the board
& T checks and corrects toether with students
Dote: v Me shouldnQt translate v {z The teacher said
that he .......
v Nou shouldnQt translate ....v {z The teacher said that
e .........
The teacher ad+ised "e not
to .
&. .ome,or#:
1. Uearn ra""atical points by heart
2. yinish e%ercises of unit ( #workbook)
3. 'repare for Cnit T #ettin started Vlisten and read)
&uesday December $(th "##8
Period: G/
Unit 15: Inventions
Lesson1: 4etting started * Listen and read
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson, students will be ake to know the
orin paper and talk about the prosees of producin e"t.
Teachin aids: 'ostersO 'ictures # '14)
I. Wasmer: $har# attac#s
ID &(D0IAD$
& Fsk students to "ake a lest of so"e in+entions
J Telephone
J Eo"puter
II. Pre * reading
1. 4etting started
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1`3
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& tatch the pictures on pae 14( and the state"ents on the
so"e pae.
Dote: 'ay attention to the feature of people in the pictare.
Hey: a & $ d & P
b & F e & E
c & B
2. Pre teach vocab!ary
#to) re"o+e lpy ra, lo0i ra
#to) crush nhi@n n6t
#to) lipuifu l," th,nh n7c
#to) rind & round %ay, nhi@n
#to) "anufature sYn %upt
'rocess #n) Iuy trBnh, Iu6 trBnh
"old #n) khu?n -ic
con +eyor & belt #n) dAy chuy@n, b:n chuy@n
check: What and where
3. A%en %redi#tion
& Plicit Ti", Moa, trs Fllen, tr roberts, and Ga"
& !uess what they will learn pro" this +isit.
& Write their uessin on the board.
III. Whi!e reading
tatchin
& Kead the dialoue #'14T)
& tatch the half sentences #'14Z)
& Eo"pare with pictures by the" sel+es
& Fsk the" to i+e their answers
& Fsk the" to write full sentences
& Theck and correct.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1`4
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Fnswer key
Pa the beans are cleaned before bein cooked
$b tr Boberts thouht Ti" an Ga" were oin to touch ...
Ec Ffter cookin, the coca bean s"ells in chocalate
yd Guar is one of the in redients in cholate
Be trs Fllen warbed Ga" to lea+e so"e chocolate...
Ff F sa"ple of chocolate is i+en after +isitors ha+e toused the
factory.
I&. Post reading
& Work in pairs
& !i+e instructions for chocolate "anu faturin process
& Fsk the" te put in correct order.
& Ghow their ideas.
& Eheck and correct and corred
Hey
1. The beans are washed, weihed and cooked
2. The shells are re"o+ed
3. The beans are crushed and Iualixed
4. Eocoa butter, suer, +anilla and poured into "olds.
5. The "i%ture is round, rolled and poured into "olds.
&. .ome,or#: 1. Uearn weabu lary
2. Kedo e%ercises
3. Tra"slate the dialoue
4. 'repare for speak
&I. <yse!f eva!esatio

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1`5
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Sunday! December "'rd! "#$"
1nit D : co%ntr' &i8e an cit' &i8e
Perio 65 :Lesson 1: Getting starte / Listen an rea ! L> 6C5
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to listen and read the dialogue
about country life and city life to get the present progressive to tal# about the
future arrangements
Teaching aids: Tet boo# * poster
I. Warm %, Brainstorming
8uiet noisy
country life friendly city life
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1`6
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

entertainment
fresh air tall building Traffic Gam
% Xead chorally
II. &istening / reaing
1. Preteac# voca$%&ar'
peaceful & adG(: thanh bonh &trans(
permanently &adG( mxi mxi, vDnh vijn &syn(
accessible &adG(: c^ thy <Fzc s{ dWng, tiTp cQn <Fzc &trans(
facility &n(: c5 sw vQt chvt &eample(
definitely &adv(: r| rBng &epla.(
&to( prefer th3ch h5n &situa.(
.#ecking W#at an w#ere
*. Listening:
% "et the scene Loa and Ea
% As# ss to listen to the tape &twice(
4. Reaing:
% As# ss read the dialogue in chorus
% As# ss to read the dialogue in pairs
% [all N pairs to read
6. (%estions: 0&%ck' n%m$ers(
a+ 4here ha- Na been5
b+ Ho2 ,ong 2a- She there5
.+ 4hat i- her opinion o6 the .ountry-ide5
d+ Na -ay- S There i- nothing to doT+ 4hat doe- -he mean by that5
e+ 4hat are -ome o6 the .hange- that Hoa mention-5
6+ Do you pre6er the .ity or the .ountry-ide5 4hy5
,e':
a+ She ha- been to ?im 7ien, a 3i,,age in the .ountry-ide+
b+ She ha- been there 6or the 2ee0end+
.+ She thin0- the .ountry 3i,,age i- 3ery Iuet and pea.e6u,+
d+ She mean- that there i- not mu.h 2or0 6or peop,e to do+
e. She mention- e,e.tri.ity and medi.a, 6a.i,itie-.
f. &sts- answers(
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1`(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

0ntroduce a new target language:
"s pic# out the model sentences with the progressive present tense:
& Things are changing in the countryside
& !any remote areas are getting electricity
& T) is bringing not only information but also entertainment
I. [oncept chec#:
form: " ' am*is *are ' )%ing
!eaning : "s- translation
ese: the present progressive to tal# about the future arrangements
III. &ang%age item+ 6C5: 9#e .om,arison o8 a-ectives 0revision2
!odal sentences C 7i6e in the .ountry i- more pea.e6u, than in the .ity
Ho Chi *inh .ity i- the noi-ie-t o6 =iet Nam
>orm : The .omparati3e S" : be : -hort ad; : er : than : S
S" : be : more : ,ong ad; : than : S
S : be : the : -hort ad; : e-t : in1 o6 FF+
The -uper,ati3e S : be : the mo-t : ,ong ad; : in 1 o6 FF+
"tudents practice doing eercises O,g &PcM(
VI. Homework:
I. 2earn vocab ' structures
N. Translate the dialogue, /o eercise I,N &OM, gK( Z. Prepare for spea#.
Sunday, De.ember 9rd, !"
1nit D : co%ntr' &i8e an cit' &i8e
Perio 6; Lesson *: +,eaking ! L> 4
Aims: By the end of the lesson, "tudents will be able to tal# about the changes of a
places.
Teaching aids: Tet boo# * poster
I. Pre s,eaking
1. arm up : Pelmanism
I N Z O g J
busy tall beautiful modern dirty epensive
a b c d e f
taller more modern busier more beautiful dirtier more epensive
2.Vocabular':
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1`T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&to( become : trw nRn, trw thBnh
&to( get : trw nRn, trw thBnh
dar# &adG( : t4i
wide &adG(: rmng
traffic &n( : giao thtng
view &n(: phong c=nh
.#ecking: R. O. R
3. -ettin) the scence:
TC 4hatH- the 2eather ,i0e today5
S-C BtH- .o,d
TC B- it .o,der or 2armer than ye-terday5
S-C BtH- .o,der+
TC The 2eather i- getting .o,der+
.. Concept check:
(EormC S : am1 i- 1 are : getting1 be.oming : ad;1 .omparati3e
( *eaningC S-H tran-,ation
( O-eC O-ed to de-.ribe .hange- 2ith SgetT and Sbe.omeT+
/. 0licitin):
Lang N pictures &P.cZ( on the board and as#:
1hat is this.
1hat are they.
1rite some nouns and adGectives on the board after ss have answered
the traffic busy
the house tall* beautiful"uper mar#et
street modern* wide* dirty
par# noisy* beautiful
trees tall* big..
shops epensive* large
view town
II. W#i&e s,eaking
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1`Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

As# ss to use these nouns and adGectives to describe changes of the town using the
form.
T models:
The tra66i. i- getting1 be.oming more modern and bu-ier
& 7et ss to wor# in pairs
& !onitor and help ss to spea#
& [all some ss to show their ideas before the class.
Iii. Post +,eaking
& As# ss to tal# about the changes of their school* neighborhood* village* town
1or# in groups.
V. Homework:
I. 2earn by heart vocabulary
N. /o eercise g &P.gI( in 1b
Z. Prepare 2istening ' 2f I,N
*onday, De.ember #th, !"
1nit D : co%ntr' &i8e an cit' &i8e
Perio 6B Listening ! L> 1C*
Aims: By the end of the lesson, "tudents will be able to listen to a dialogue between
2an and Lang to fill in the blan#s and master the present progress to tal#
about future plan
Teaching aids: Tet boo# * * tape * radio
I . Warm %, : [omplete sentences using the words given :
"+ Nga 1 2at.h T= 1 moment
+ *r Du. 1 ,i-ten 1 mu-i. 1 room
9+ Na 1 *inh 1 p,ay 1 game- 1 -.hoo, yard .
II. Pre E &istening : G%essing
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
11`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

"ts guess the missing words in the dialogue :
I..+++.N++++Z+++..O+++..g+++.+J+++..c++++..
8+++..M++++IK+++II+++IN++++IZ+++.IO+++++
III. W#i&e E &istening :
% "ts listen the conversation & twice (
% "ts compare with their partners
% "ts chec# and correct
"+ that + thi- 9+ BtH- #+ 2here )+ 6rom >+ .oming 7+2ee0
8+ arri3ing M+ Thur-day "!+ ,ate ""+ a6ternoon "+ -pea0 "9 + my "#+ get
) +ts answer t#e :%estions :
"+ 4ho phone- 7an 5
+ 4here i- aunt Hang phone 6rom 5
9+ 4here are un.,e Chi and aunt Hang .oming to 3i-it 7an 5
#+ 4hen are they arri3ing in Ha Noi 5
)+ Doe- aunt Hang 2ant to -pea0 to 7anH- *om 5
) ke' : "+ Aunt Hang doe-
+ SheH- phoning 6rom Hue
9+ They are .oming to 3i-it 7an neGt 2ee0 +
#+ They are arri3ing in Ha Noi in the ,ate a6ternoon , on Thur-day+1
)+ Ue- , -he doe- +
IV. Lang%age 8oc%s 1C* : " ' be ' )ing ++..
The present progress to tal# about the future :
Teacher eplains some new word :
to delay : tro hoxn
to arrive at * in +. : <Tn , t9i
rainforest & n( r}ng nhint <9i
to fi : hBn gln , s{a ch>a
I. Xead the dialogues . Then underline the #ey words
ese the shipping information to replace the #ey words to ma#e similar dialogues .
N.[omplete the dialogues .esing the verbs in the present progressive tenses .
?e' : a 1 am p,aying
b1 are doing
.1 am 2at.hing
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
111
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

d1 am ,i-tening
e1 are .,eaning
61 am ha3ing
"tudents ma#e sentences with the structure
V. Homework :
% 2earn by heart vocabulary
% /o E I,N 1B
% Prepare Xead

Thur-day,Nanuary9rd,!"9
Unit / : contry !ife and city !ife
F 4/ Lesson 3: Reading
A. Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to
understand the te%t about one of the social proble"s.
Teachin aids: Te%t book O EassetteO tape
>. PRA"(9UR(:
: Warm % : Brainstor"in
lack of clean wat hard work
lack of electricity
di|culties of far"erus life
typhoons et little "oney
oods drouhts
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
112
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& $e+ide the class into two roups.
& Fsk the" to o to the board and write their answers
: PRE9EA.H VO.A"1LAR=.
rural :thu1c +@ n?n th?n #G.T deals with the countryside)
urban :thu1c th,nh phm #ant. Kural)
strain #n) :s< Iu6 tYi #dAn sm) #trans)
typhoon #n) :b2o l7n #d Th6i bBnh d]n ho5c ?n 6) #sy")
drouht #n) :h0n h6n # hot and dry weather for a lon
ti"e)
#to) strule :-pu tranh #trans)
#to) increase :t:n lsn #situa)
Eheckin :What and where
. %re reading:TOy state"ents
1. tany people fro" rural areas donut want to li+e in the city
2. There are "any well& payin *obs in the city
3. Uife of the far"ers is always a strule with nature
4. The increase in population has led to o+er crowin in "any cities
5. Ehildren always li+e with their parents when they "o+e to the city
Ii. ,hi!e reading
1. GG read the te%t carefully and check TOy state"ents
Hey: 1. y donut want &z want
2. T
3. T
4. T
5. y Ehildren so"e ti"es ha+e to li+e far fro" their parents
2. tatchin.
F B
1. increase a. of the countryside
2. plentiful b. as "any as needed
3. rural c. beco"e reater or lare
4. urban d. a reat pleasure
5. traedy e. a terrible e+ent
6. strain f. of the city or city life
Hey: 1&c 2&b 3&a 4&f 5&e 6&d
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
113
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

3. !ap xll
Fsk ss to read the te%t aain and use the words in the bo% to
co"plete the passae.
Uea+in #1) proble"s #6)O#Z) city #3)O#5)
ho"e #2)
Kural #4) hospitals #T) schools #() world
#1`)
III. Post reading : #$iscuss)
& $i+ide class into two roups
& Fsk ss to discuss with the I Iuestion: $o you like li+in in city O
country whyb O why not b
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocabulary
& $o e%ercise
& 'repare new lesson write
Thur-day,Nanuary9rd,!"9
Unit / : contry !ife and city !ife
F 4G Lesson 6: Write
A. Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to write
letters to their friends about their neihborhood.
Teachin aids: posters
>. PRA"(9UR(:
F #arm u+ / tatchin
F B
1. writerus address a. dece"ber 2Z
th
2``T
2. date b. $ear Moa
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
114
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

3. headin c. Thank you for your letter
4. openin d. ty neihborhood is friendly
5. body of letter e. 12 'han $inh 'hun street
6. closin f. Gincerely
Hey: 1& e 2& a 3&b 4&c 5&d 6&f
$i+ide class into two roups
!i+e "arks for each roup
F Pre tea)h vo)abular$/
#to) look forward to V j&in : "on chf, tr?n "on #trans)
yacility #n) : c] sd +_t chpt #e%a"ple)
Deihborhood #n) : khu l6n i@n #e%a"ple)
Eheckin : what and where
I. Pre ,riting:
Fsk students to work in pairs to answer the Iuestions in e%ercise 2
on pae (6
1. Where do you li+eb
2. What does your house look likeb
3. What can you see fro" your bedroo" Owindowb
4. Mow far is it fro" your ho"e to schoolb
5. Mow do you et to schoolb
6. What kinds of facilities are there in your neihborhoodb
(. What thins in your neihborhood do you like bestb
Why b
Fsk ss to work in pairs by speakin
II. Whi!e ,riting:
Fsk ss to write aletter indi+idually by usin the anwers
Nour address
$ate
$ear
e li+e in a town. ty house is .
en "y neihborhood, there is
e can see ... yro" "y bedroo" window.
etus .. fro" "y house to ....
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
115
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

e et to school by ....
There are ... in "y neihborhood
ty neihborhood is..
eud like to say ... in "y neihborhood
e like best. Because .
Nours..
#Da"e)
III. Post ,riting:
Ghare and co"pare
1. Ghare and co"pare with each other in roup they can talk about
their opinions
2. Fsk so"e ss to read the letter aloud.
3. Eheck ssu "istakes and correct.
I&. .ome ,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab.
& Write a letter to a friend talk about your fa"ily life.
& $o e%ereise 2 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: Uanuae focus
Qriday!Zanu
ary!%
th
!"#$'
Perio 6I: Revision
A. Aims: By the end of the lesson, ss will be able to re+iew
+ocabularies and ra""ar
Teachin aids: cards, posters
Fnticipated proble"s.
>. Proce%re:
". #arm u+/
'ut the words pro+ided in the riht colu"n picture books, +eetable,
rocery store, cupboard, fresh air, "aaine tele+ision, "eat,
no+el, friendly, ar"chair, hair dresserus, rice, +ideo a"e, tall
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
116
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

buildin, co"puter, coSee, noisy, peaceful, stadiu", tra|c
*a"
Eountry furnitur
e
Pntertai"
ent
Thin to
eat
Thin to
read
Da"e of
pl
ac
e
"". !evision/
tultiple choice.
1. They # ha+e seen O saw O see ) that xl" before
2. Uife in the country # chanes O is chanin O is oin to chane )
for the better.
3. They used to # oin O o O oes ) ca"pin when they were
students
4. Ghe is # enouh tall O so tall O tall enouh ) to reach the ceilin
J Fsk ss to choose the best answer.
V Ke+ision:
". The present perfect tense:
V G V ha+e O has V '
2
# j
2
Oj ed ) V since O# point of ti"e)
for V period of ti"e
& G V ha+e O has V not V '
2
. .
b # Wh) V ha+e O has V G V '
2
..b
~ Hes, " ' have * has
~ Eo, " ' haven-t * hasn-t
+ The present pro)ressive tense "ith the future meanin)
2orm:
V G V a" O is O are V j in
& G V a" O is O are V not V j in
b #Wh) V be V G V j inb
~ Hes, " ' am * is * are
~ Eo, " ' am not * isn-t * aren-t.
9+ 1se! to
yor": V G V used to V j #b)
& G V didnut V use to V j #b)
b #Wh) V did V G V use to V j #b)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
11(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

~ Hes, " ' did
~ Eo, " ' didn-t
#+ 2!3 4 enou)h
yor": G V be V #not) V ad* V enouh V #for G.B) V to j
""". Pra)ti)e :
$. Supply the correct form of the verb
a. e # li+e ) here for ten years
b. Ghe #be) there since 2``3
c. We #ha+e) a party ne%t Gunday.
d. Eo"puters #beco"e) "ore i"portant in our li+es
e. We #do) research for a lon ti"e
f. e # +isit ) "y randparents this Gunday
". !e3rite the follo3ing senten)es
a. Ghe is stron, Me can *oin in the ar"y~ Le is++++++++
b. 0 usually got up late last year~ 0 used ++++
c. !y grand S father is too wea#. Le can-t go out alone
~ !y grand father is +++++++++
d. The ice is thic#. 0 can seat on it
~ The ice is ++++++++++++..
e. Le often climbed mountain when he was young
~ Le used +++++++++++++
5V. 6ome"ork: 2earn by heart the structures
/o eercises again &practice(.
Sunday,Nanuary,>
th
,!"9
Perio 61: Revision
A. Aims: By the end of the lesson, ss will be able to re+iew the
+ocabularies and ra""ar for the xrst se"ester
Teachin aids: posters
Fnticipated proble"s.
>. Proce%re:
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
11T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

I. Warm %: Brain stor"in
todal
+erb
s
ouht to
Ghould
preposition
on
at
j V to j
ask
KeIuest
j V j in
hate
Uike
& Gplit class into four roups
& Fsk ss to co"e to the board and write down words for their roups
II. Revision:
1. !e3rite
a. Nou should learn hard
~ Nou ouht..
b. e lo+e to listen to "usic
~ 0 enGoy .
c. Le said to me P you should get up early in order to go to school h
~ Le as#ed me+..
d. They read 8uic#ly
~ They are ..
e. Hou mustn-t par# your car here
~ Hou aren-t+.
f. !y brother used to go to the beach in summer
~ !y brother often+++++++.
g. 0 am thin. !y sister is thin
~ 0 am as++++++++++
h. 2an is tall but Ea is short
~ 2an is++++++++++++++++
i. Tom is IN years old. !ai is IN years old
~ Tom and !ai are ++++++++++++..
#. This pen is more epensive than that one
~ That pen is +
l. !y hat is red. Hour hat is blue
~ & different ( +++++++++++..
2. +ap fill.
& T. draws the table on board.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
11Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& Fsk students to draw the table on their books
Fd* Eo"parati+e Guper lati+e
1.tall
2.
3. bad
4.
5. far
6.
(. narrow
T. i"portant
better
"ore di|cult
the tallest
the "ost sociable
$i+ide the class into 2 roups and co"plete the table
III. 2rther %ratice:
Gupply the correct for" of the ad*ecti+es
1. Uan is as #pretty) as Da
2. Ua" is #pretty) than tai
3. Ua" is #pretty) of all
4. et is the #tall) buildin
5. ty "o" is #co"fortable) than hers
6. The city is #noisy) than the country.
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uoarn by heart: prepositions, "odal +erbs, j
s
V j in, j
s
V to j.
& Ke+ision +ocabulary V ra""ar fro" unit 1 to unit 5 for the xrst
se"ester.
&hursday! ! Zanuary $#
th
! "#$'
'eriod : 52 KPjeGeD
The structure Pnouh & Csed to & P%ercises.
F) AbEectives: By the end of this lesson , students wiil be able to
re+ise the way of usin structure enouh and used to to
practice e%ercises with the" .
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
12`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

B ) Procedre:
e. )arm up:
Fsk students to write ad*ecti+es as "ore as posibale.
tall s"all
short bi
old youn
intellient
ee) Wevision:
1. &he structure SenoughT with adjectives.
J yor" :
") )ith noun:

eaning: ++..<V& #htng <V( +++ <y lBm vinc go
O-age : /?ng <y n^i ai <^ c^ <iu #inn& #htng c^ <iu #inn( <y lBm mmt vinc go
<^.
J *Vt -W .Xu trY. 0h. :
P%a"ple: Ghe is +ery tired. Ghe canut o to school.
{z Ghe is too tired to o to school .
{z Ghe is not healthy enouh to o to school.
{z Ghe is so tired that she canut o to school.
J yor" : a) With : too Rtouu : u` +.. <Tn ni #htng thy

B) With : so R..thath !eaning: u` +.. <Tn ni +

P%ercise:1 Dombine" sentences into $ . using Senough2 too Jto2
or2so J thatT
a) The food is +ery delicious. We can eat it.
&z RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..
b) These e%ercises are di|cult . Ghe canut do the".
&z RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR.
c) The tea was Iuite cold. They couldnut drink it.
&z RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
121
G V BP #not) V F$ V PDC!M V yK V V T V
jPKB R
G V j V PDC!M V DCD # yK V ) V T V
jPKBR
ad*ecti
+es
G V BP V T V F$ V T V jPKB
RR..
G V BP V G V F$ V TMFT V
EUFCGP.
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

d) ty friend is +ery tall. Me can reach the ceilin.
&z RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
e) e a" +eery thirsty. e can ha+e two cups of water.
&z RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
f) Ghe is kind . Ghe can help us .
&z RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
) Nour sister is too youn . Ghe canut *oin the Pnlish club.
&z RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR.
h . 'eter is too youn to ride a "otorbike .
&z 'eter is not RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
i . The coSee is hot . e canut dri"k it .
&z The coSee is RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..
3. Csed to V j#inxniti+e(: Ax t}ng , thF6ng+
: O-age : /?ng <y dijn t= sk vinc < t}ng , thF6ng y ra hay th^i 8uen trong 8u`
#hU nhFng b;y gi6 #htng cn lBm vinc <^ n>a.
J Qorm:
V G V used to V j#inxniti+e) V RR
& G V didnut V Cse to V j#inxniti+e) V RR..
b $id V G V use to V j#inxniti+e) V RRR
4ote:
J Csed to V j#inxniti+e) { Fd+erb#tqn suvt( ' )&ed( .
Csae: /ijn t= th^i 8uen trong 8u` #hU bay gi6 #htng cn n>a
: Be * 7et ' used to ' )&ing( ' E* $ + a Adverb &tqn suvt( ' )&s,es,ies(
esage : /ijn t= th^i 8uen hBng ngBy.
P%ercises 1 Kewrite.
1. When e was a child . e was afraid of host #used to)
&z e RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR.
2. Me a+e up s"okin 1` years ao . # used to )
&z Me RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR.
3. Ghe dorsnut play tennis as well as she used to.
&z Ghe used RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
4. ohn used to o to school on foot when he was a little boy .
&z ohn often RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
eee 0omework : Ke+ise the structures ha+e re+ised
& 'repare : Fd+erbs of "anner O reported speech .
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
122
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&hursday! ! Zanuary $$
th
! "##9
Unit / : contry !ife and city !ife
F 4/ Lesson 5: Langage focs
A. Aims: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to re+iew
the present proressi+e to talk about the future, show the
chane with et O beco"e and co"parati+e O superati+e
ad*ecti+es.
Teachin aids: posterO picture
Fnticipated proble"s.
>. Proce%re:
I. Warm %:
& Fsk ss to co"plete followin table.
Busy easy e%pensine cheap
ood
bad poor bi accessible fresh
T : says ad* & ss say co"parati+e
bi bier
ood better
busy busier
They are ettin thinner.
II. Pre * teach vocab!ary:
"edical facility#n) : ph]n tign y tc #e%a"ple)
transport #n) : j_n tYi, ph]n tign +_n tYi #e%a"ple)
+illa #n) : Bigt th< #picture)
balcony #n) : Ban c?n #realia)
per #prep) : Tn, "i #trans.)
Eheckin : K..K
III. Revision: # use picture )
Fsk ss to "ake so"e sentences with the co"parati+e ad*ecti+es
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
123
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

tai is taller than Uan
Moa is the tallest
lai Uan
Moa
yor": 1, G V be V short ad* er V than V pron.
"ore V lon ad*
2, G V be V the V short V est
the V "ost V lon ad*
I&. Practice:
& yood O e%pensi+e )
The food in the city is "ore e%pensi+e than in the country
& tra|c O busy
& transport O bi O ood.
& air O country O fresh.
& entertain"ent O ood.
& people O country O poor.
& tedical facilities O easily accessible.
& Plectricity O country O e%pensi+e O bad.
&. 2rther %ractice:
Fsk ss to look at the ad+ertise"ents. Eo"pare the house, the +illae
and the apart"ent. Cse the ad*ecti+es in the bo%.
& The house is "ore e%pensi+e than the apart"ent.
& The apart"ent is s"aller than the +illae
& The +illae is the oldest one.
& The house is "ore beautiful than the +illae.
& The +illae is the "ost e%pensi+e.
& The apart"ent is the s"allest.
& The house is the biest.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
124
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& The apart"ent is the hotter than the house.
# work in roups )
J $i+ide class into two roups.
& Fsk ss to write the co"parisions as Iuickly as possible.
&I. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& take 5 sentences to co"pare your house and your friendus.
& 'repare: the knowlede fro" unit 1 to unit T for re+iew.
15>12>09
Period: 64
2IR$0 $(<($0(R 0($0 1
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson, Gtudents will be able to check their
understandin and their knowlede
Teachin aids: Mands out
A. Re-ests #photocopied & ne%t pae)
>. Ans,er #eys 1
e. 'ronunciation 5 % `,4 { 2
1.c 4. d
2. b 5. a
3. a
ee. tCUTe'UP EMeEP 5 % `,4 { 2
1. nice white nylon
2. on
3. ha+e li+ed
4. awarded
5. hard
eee. Kewrite 5 % `,4 { 2
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
125
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

1. Ghe said to the children not to lauh
2. The apart"ent isnQt as e%pensi+e as the house
3. Me sins well
4. The ice is Iuite thick enouh to walk on
5. Me "ust xnish his ho"ework.
ej. Word for"ation 5 % `,4 { 2
1. diSerent 4. well
2. in+ention 5. siner
3. hu"orous
j. Te%t 4 % `,5 { 2
1.Gcoutin bean in Pnland in 1Z`(
2. The "eetin between Willia" Boyce a business"an and a
scoutin in
Uondon led to the scouts Fssociation crossin the Ftlantic in 1Z1`.
4. Nes, there were
5. There are "ore than 25 "illion "e"bers
". Ans,er #eys 2
e. 'ronunciation 5 % `,4 { 2
1. d 4. c
2. d 5. a
3. c
ee. tCUTe'UP EMeEP 5 % `,4 { 2
1. beautiful reen apanese
2. before
3. slowly
4. has collected
5. went
eee. Kewrite 5 % `,4 { 2
1. Ghe is a badly perfor"er.
2.The teacher asked the children not to "ake noise in class
3.Me used to o to work by bicycle.
4.Ghe shouldnut et up late
5. F depart"ent store isnQt as lare as a "all
ej. Word for"ation 5 % `,4 { 2
1. lo+ely 4. helpful
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
126
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2. unco"fortable 5. in+ention
3. player
j. Te%t 5 % `,5 { 2
1. They used to call the" Pski"os.
2. et "eans vthe peoplev.
3. They used to li+e in iloos in the winter
4. Because they are +ery war"
5. The weather is e%tre"ely cold for "any "onths of the year.
9. .ome,or#
'repare Cnit Z: ettin started and Uisten and read

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
12(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Sunday ! Zanuary $'th! "#$'
Unit G : A 2IR$0* AI9 "AUR$(
Perio 66 Lesson1: 4etting started * !isten and
read
A2 Aims : by the end of this lesson , students will be able to #now what the would do
in the situations which re8uire first S aid .
: Teaching aids : % Pictures on page 8K .
% [assette.
B( Proce%re :
0. 4arm up : @im-s game :
% As# students to open the boo# and loo# at the things on the page 8J
% Tell them these things are often used for first % aid
% As# them to close their bpp#s and go to the blac#board to write the names of the
things . which team write more and right is winner .
Answer #eys :
I . emergency room N . "terile dressing g . water pac#
Z . medicated oil O . ice J . alcohol
: As# students to write down what they would do in these situations which re8uire
first S aid .
00 . =o.abu,ary
a"bulance #n) : %e c^u th]n #+isual)
e"erency #n) : tBnh tr0n khn cpp #situa)
wound #n)Owu:ndO : +ct th]n #+isual)
pro"ise #+On) : h^a O lfi h^a #situa)
#to) bleed : chYy "6u #+itua)
conscious #ad*) : tron tBnh tr0n t;nh t6o #trans)
unconscious #ad*) : bpt t;nh #ant.)
Eheckin : what and where
000. 7i-ten and read the dia,ogue .
I . As# students to listen to the tape N or Z times
N . As# students to read the dialogue for the details .
% practice with their partners .
Z . uestions :
% As# students to read the dialogue again and select the topics covered in the
dialogue .&p.8I(.
% "tudents write their answers on a sheet of paper .
Answer #eys :
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
12T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

a . /escribing the condition of the inGured person .
b . As#ing for the address
c . As#ing about the condition of the inGured person.
d . 7iving first S aid instruction .
f. Arranging for an ambulance .
: !odel sentences :
% will you hurry , please .
% 0 promise 0-ll #eep her awa#e .
% The ambulance will be there in about ten munites .
. 1hich tense . The simple future tense .
. 1hich are new to you .
% 1ill ngoBi vinc d?ng <y diyn t= C <pnh trong tF5ng lai , n^ cn <Fzc d?ng <y dijn
<t l6i yRu cqu
I. To ma#e a re8uest : & dijn <t l6i yRu cqu(

: Xespond : ' agree : "ure * $ @ * All right .
% disagree : 0-m sorry, 0 can-t . 0-m afraid not.
N . To ma#e a promise :
0 promise 0 will * 0 won-t +++++++++..
0 will ++++++. 0 promise .
0) . &ra.ti.e C
I. re8uest * offer . N. promise :

a. shut the door . a. stop smo#ing
b. have a cup of tea . b. help your mother
c. wait for me. c. wor# harder
d . go to the cinema with me d. not tell any what you say.
). Home2or0 :
% 2earn vocabulary by heart .
% The way of using the future simple tense .
% Xeread the dialogue
% /o eercise : N,Z,O &p. 8J,8c,88(
% Prepare net lesson : "pea# .
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
12Z
Will
would you V j #bare) RRR , please
b
could
can
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Thur-day,Nanuary,"7
th
,!"9
Unit G : A 2IR$0* AI9 "AUR$(
Perio 65 : $%ea#ing BL2 384
2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, students will able to "odal +erbs
vWillO
wouldOEan...NouO e v, v e pro"ise....v to "ake reIuests, oSers, and
pro"ises.
& Teachin aids : pictureO cards
& Fnticipated proble"s :
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %: 4U($$ID4 WAR9$ (*m*e*r*g*e*n*c*y
$. /t has ( letters. &he .rst letter is I
". /t has when there is an accident
'. &here is an .......... room in a hospital.
I. Pre * s%ea#ing:
tatchin
$. )ill you get me a pen, a. / hope so
". / promise / will learn harder b. Bll right
'. Shall / make me a cup of tea, c. ;es! please.
KI;: $+ b "+ c '+a
1. !e4uest
Fsk ss so"e Iuestions:
&What do you say to "ake a reIuestb
& When do you "ake a reIuestb
& Mow do you say to "ake a reIuestb
Plicit fro" the studentsQ structures:
0orm/
!e4uest !es+onses
WillO WouldO EanO Eould V you EertainlyO f couseO Gure.
V #please) V j
#bare)
b H.
e need a fa+or. Fll riht
EanO Eould you .......b eQ" afraid not.
eQ" sorry. e canQt.
5se/ $i8n tY lfi ysu c9u
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
13`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

"".Pra)ti)e/ ,ord ces B %ictre ces
a. help2 me 2 stop bleeding
b. get 2 me 2 water.
". *Ners
7Ders !es+onses
GhallO Ean e V j
#bare)
b Nes, please.
Would you like V to& jO Db That would be nice.
What can e doO et for youb Do, thank you.
WillO WonQt you ha+e V Db
5se / Dicn t= lbi >d nghe
+ra)ti)e/ a. et O youO "edicine
b. i+e O you O bandae
'.Gromises
0orm/
e pro"ise e willO wonQt V j
#bare)
#not) to & j
Kesponses : e hope so O !ood O eQ" lad O $onQt foret.
5se / Dicn t= lbi haa.
II.Whi!e s%ea#ing:
& Cse pictures on pae T2 in the te%tbook.
& Fsk students to "ake reIuestO oSersO pro"ises in pairs
& tonitor and help students.
& Eall on so"e pairs to practice in front of the class.
: $ggested ans,ers:
b. Sister : Dan / get you some medicine2 water,
Boy : ;es! please.2 &hat would be nice. 2 4o! /1m .ne. &hank you.
*W Boy: )ould2 Dan you get me some medicine,
Sister: Sure.
c. B: Dan / get you some bandage,
B: ;es! please. 2 &hat would be nice.
*W B: ;ou are bleeding. )hat can / do for you,
B: Dan you get me some bandage, 2 )ould you go to the hospital
with me,
*W B: )ould2 Dan you get me some bandage,
B: Sure.
III.Post s%ea#ing: Langage focs 384
Hey: Uanuae focus 3
b.)ill you open the window! please ,
c.)ill you answer the telephone ,
d.)ill you turn on the &F! please ,
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
131
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

e.)ill you pour a glass of water ,
f.)ill you get me cushion b
Hey : Uanuae focus 4: Work with a partner , look at the pictures ,
"ake reIuests , oSers or pro"ises usin will or shall
If : )ill you empty the garbage can ! please ,
I&. .ome,or#:
& take 3 reIuestsO oSersO pro"ises.
& $o e%ercise 6 on pae 5(O5T in WB.
& 'repare the new lesson : listenin
0rida$ % =anuar$
1(
th
% 2013
Unit G : A 2IR$0* AI9 "AUR$(
Perio 67 : Listen B L2 182
2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to put the
correct in the order after listenin and tell the acti+ities of a
hospital and "aster the phrases of purpose with in order to O
so as toRR
& Teachin aids : pictureO cards
& Fnticipated proble"s :
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %: <atching.
A >
1. e"erency #n) a. b:n b3
2. #to) treat b. bgnh nhAn
3. patient #n) c. cpp c^u
4. #to) bandae d. cAn
5. eyesiht #n) e. d khoYn ia "^c
6. #to) weih f. c^u, cha
(. rane #+On) . thk l<c, t9" nhBn
J Hey: 1 & c 2 f 3 & b 4 & a
5 & 6 d ( & e
& Fsk ss to xnd the "eanin of the words and "atch
& Eorrect the answer
I. Pre * !istening:
$. Focabulary:
& eye chart #n) : bYn -o thk l<c #+isual)
& para"edic #n) : h1 la #trans)
& wheel chair #n) : %e -y #+isual)
& stretcher #n) : c6i c6n #+isual)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
132
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& scale #n) : c6i cAn #+isual)
& crutch #n) : c6i n0n #+isual)
: "hec#ing: <atching
F B
1. eye chart a. picture
2. wheel chair b. picture
3. stretcher c. picture
4. scale d. picture
5. crutch e. picture
6. a"bulance f. picture
". Cuessing:
!uess to nu"ber the pictures
I. 'icture R
N. 'icture R
II. Whi!e L !istening:
1. Fsk ss to listen one ti"e
2. ss listen and take notes #put the order)
3. Uisten and check
TF'P TKFDGEKe'T:
&his is the emergency room in a large hospital. B paramedic is
wheeling a patient on a stretcher in to emergency room
where a doctor is waiting to treat the patient. &he patient
doesnEt look well. 0is head is bandaged and his eyes are
closed.
B nurse is pushing an emply wheelchair to wards the e5it. She is
probably taking it to a patient in the ambulance.
&he eye chart on the wall is used to check peopleEs eyesight. &he
chart consist of about "A letters ranging in siPe from about 7
centimeters in height at the top of the chart to about $
centimeter at the bottom
B doctor is trying to weigh a crying baby on the scale. &he babyEs
mother is standing nearby. SheEs trying to stop her child from
crying. &he crutches! which are for someone with a broken
leg! are leaning against the wall.
Eheck and correct the order: y ~ B ~ A ~ / ~ E ~ [
III. Post E &istening:
% Tell the activities of an emergency room in a hospital
& Uanuae focus 1,2
$. Set the scence:
4am : ;ou look fat! now. ;ou should do morning e5ercises
everyday
Ba : *f course. / always do e5ercise in order to keep .t
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
133
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

4am : &hatEs good.
". Doncept check:
yor": Elause V in order #not) to V j #bare)
so as #not) to
teanin: ssu trans.
Cse: to e%press a purpose.
I&. Practice:# tatchin)
lanuae focus 1.
1. e opened "y u"brella in order to protect "yself fro" the
rain
2. tany wroteR
1& f 2&c 3&b
4&e 5&a 6&d
IV. Homework:
% 2earn by heart vocab
% Prepare: Xeading
% /o eercises in wor# boo#
Thursda$ %
=anuar$ 2'
th
% 2013
Unit G : A 2IR$0* AI9 "AUR$(
Perio 6/ : Read
2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, ss will be able to understand the
contend of readin part. Theyull read for the instructions
about so"e "ore situations reIuirin xrst aid.
& Teachin aids : posters
& Fnticipated proble"s :
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %:
bee
stin
situations which reIuire
xrst & aid
faintin burn
I. Pre*reading.
1. Vo)abular$/
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
134
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

#to) li+e at : n" thn #+isual)
#to) ele+ate : nAn lsn #ant. Uower)
#to) "ini"ie : iY" -cn "^c tmi thi[u #trans)
shock #n) : ci smc, cho6n #situa)
faintin#n) : c]n npt #situa)
+icti" #n) : n0n nhAn # e%p: a person who neids xrst&aid)
"hec#ing : R.A.R
shock
2. &et 3or,/
faintin
let the +icti" lie down
yirst aid.
$onut i+e the +icti"
any food
cold the burn with ice
Burn
II. Whi!e reading:
1
st
readin for addin the "issin infor"ation.
2
nd
readin for "atchin
F B
1. a runnin cold tap a. +? trn
2. blanket #n) b. l," d8 chku, b7t -au
3. sterile #ad*) c. +i n7c -an chYy
4. ease #+) d. s< t\n thpt cqa "? th9n kinh
5. tissue da"ae #n) e. l," Iu6 n3n
6. #to) o+erheat f. t;nh l0i O smn
(. re+i+e #+) . ch:n # "@")
3(H: 1* c 2*g 3*a 4*b 6*d 5*e 7*f
3
nd
2inding friends
Fcti+ities for xrst aid shock burn faintin
a. The +icti" shouldnut sit or stand
b. jicti" canut drink wine or beer j
c. The +icti"us head should be below
the le+el of the heart
d. Nou should ease the paint with ice j
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
135
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

or cold water packs
e. The +icti" should drink a cup of tea
when re+i+in
III. Post reading:
Krid
Fsk ss to read the instructions aain and xll in the infor"ation:
Ease $o $onut
yaintin
& Uea+e the patient lyin
at
&
& $onut force hi"O her to
sit or stand
&
Ghock
& donut o+er heat the
+icti
with blakets or coats
&
burn
& Eool the burn
i""idiately so
as to "ini"ie tissue
da"ae
&
&
Ma+e ss copy the rid in the notebooks
I&. .ome,or#:
& learn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ercise 2O3 in WBO &'repare new lesson: writin
Qriday !
Zanuary "7
th
! "#$'
Unit G : A 2IR$0* AI9 "AUR$(
Perio 6G : ,riting
2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, ss will be able to know how to
write a thank&you note.
& Teachin aids : posters
& Fnticipated proble"s :
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %:
* Revision: vocab!ary
#to) li+e at : n" thn
#to) ele+ate : nAn lsn
#to) "ini"ie : iY" -cn "^c tmi thi[u
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
136
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

shock #n) : ci smc, cho6n
faintin#n) : c]n npt
+icti" #n) : n0n nhAn
Eheck ss by ha+in ss write +ocabularies on board.
& Cse a letter and ask: whatus thisb
I. Pre ,riting:
1. Pre teach vocab!ary:
#to) thank G. for GT:cY" ]n +B #situa)
#to) cheer G. up :l," ai phpn khdi, +ui #e%p: to "ake s.o
feel happy)
#to) co"e o+er :th:" ai, t0t Iua #trans)
#to) re+i+e :nh_n #+isual)
so"ewhere #n) :n]i n,o -3 #trans)
"hec#ing : $!a% on board
". Set the scence:
Fsk ss to close their books and listen
4ga was sick and she had to go school. Bfter she left the hospital!
she writes a thankyou note to 0oa. )hy and what did she
write,
3. True > 0alse statements.
a. 4ga writes to thank 0oa for some candy
b. 0oaEs gift cheered 4ga up.
c. 4gaEd like 0oa to see her at the hospital.
d. 4ga is very bored now.
e. 4ga writes the letter at the hospital.
3(H: 1. yalse: owers # not candy )
3. yalse: at her house # not at the hospital )
5. at her house
II. Whi!e ,riting:
: Mestions and ans,ers.
)hat did your friend give 2 send you ,
*n what occasion,
)hat was 2 were it 2 they like ,
0ow did you feel when you received the present ,
0ow do you feel now ,
Do you want to invite your friend to somewhere ,
/f so! then when ,
0ow will you contact your friend ,
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
13(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

()am%!e:
a. Dear!
/ want to thank you for the lovely 6owers you sent me while / was in
hospital. &hey helped to cheer me up on several gloomy days
because they reminded me of a good friendEs thoughtfulness.
/Em .ne now! and my family has decided to go on a picnic to my
native ne5t weekend and / canEt help remember you. )ill you join us
, / think you say S yes T to me. Wight ,
/Ed love to see you then.
;our friend.
b. Dear Zane!
/ have a few friends of our class to come over my house for a get O
together ne5t )ednesday. ay the tenth at ten oEclock. )ill you join
us ,
/Em certain weEll have much fun. )eEve looking forward to seeing
you. Do try to make it
aNectionately.
III. Post ,riting.
()bition.
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ereise 4 in WB
& Write a letter to you friend usin the sa"e for"at
& 'repare: lanuae focus


9ate 12 111IG
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
13T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Unit G : A 2IR$0* AI9 "AUR$(
F 6G Lesson 5: Langage focs
2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, ss will be able to re+ise "odal
will to e%press reIuests, oSers and pro"ises and use in
order to, so as to uently and e%actly.
& Teachin aids : posters
& Fnticipated proble"s :
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %:
!i+es so"e situations:
e a" hunry
et is hot
Gs "ake reIuests and oSers with situations Csin: willRb
I. Presentation:
F Gre teach vocabulary:
en order to : -[ #trans.)
Go as to : -[ #sy".)
!arbae can: thn r6c #realia O +isual)
#to) han : treo #"o"e.)
#to) carry : "an, +6c #"i"e.)
#to) paint : s]n #+isual.)
e"pty #ad*) : trmn r\n #ant: full)
Eheckin : K..K
II. Revision:
1. T: Will you post the letter, please b
Moa: Nes, e will post it for you
T: Thank you.
J yor": G V will O shall V j #bare)
ss re+ise: # future si"ple tense ) {z use O "eanin
J 'ractice:
Fsk ss to do e%ereise 2 #'.T6)
HPN: 1&will 2will
3wonut 4shall
5&will 6 & ll
2. & todal will to "ake reIuests, oSers and pro"ises
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
13Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& Ke"ind the for" and use
& Csin pictures at paes T(OTT to do e%ereise 3,4
& Fsk ss to read the co"plete e%ereises.
HPN: Uanuae focus 3
a. Will you open the window, please b
b. Will you answer the telephone b
c. Will you turn on the Tj, please b
d. Will you pour a lass of water b
e. Will you et "e cushion b
III. Presentation:
$. Set the scence:
Da" : you look fat, now. Nou should do "ornin e%ercises ere
day
Ba : f course. e always do e%ercise in order to keep xt
Da" : Thatus ood.
". Doncept check:
for": Elause V in order #not) to V j #bare)
so as #not) to
"eanin: ssu trans.
Cse: to e%press a purpose.
I&. Practice:
# tatchin)
lanuae focus 1.
3. e opened "y u"brella in order to protect "y self fro" the
rain
4. tany wroteR
1& f 2&c 3&b
4&e 5&a 6&d
&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocabulary.
& $o e%ercise 2,5,( in WB
& take 5 sentences with in order to O so as to
& 'repare C
1`
: ettin started V listend and read
Sunday! Zanuary "9
th
!"#$'
Unit 1I : recyc!ing
Perio ;A : Lesson 1:4etting started B !isten and read.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
14`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, ss will be able to do so"e thin
to protect the en+iron"ent and sa+e natural resources and
know to use: ad*ecti+es by an inxniti+e O a noun clause.
& Teachin aids : posters and cards, tape, radio.
& Fnticipated proble"s :
G. Pro)edure:
I. Warm %: reuse plastic bas
#Brainstor"
"ake arbae into fertilier ways to reduce the
use cloth bas
a"ount of arbae


"ake +eetable "atter
into ani"al food
use trees lea+es to wrap thins
II. Pre*teach vocab!ary:
representati+e #ad* O n) : -0i dign O nfi -0i dign #trans.)
o+erpackaed #ad*) : -Xc 3i Iu6 nhi@u #trans.)
#to) reuse : t6i s dln #e%pla.)
#to) reduce : iY", cnt iY" #situa.)
#to) recycle : t6i chc #e%pla.)
#to) wrap : 3i, bao boc, phq #"i"e.)
"hec#ing : ,hat and ,here
III. $et the sence:
<iss >!a#e
>a
)ho are they,
)hat are they talking about,
I&. Listen:
Fsk students to listen to the tape #two ti"e)
&. Read:
Fsk ss to read the dialoue in pairs
Eall so"e pairs to read the dialoue.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
141
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

atching:
F B
1. #to) contact a. t,i nuysn, thisn nhisn
2. #to) protect b. sYn ph"
3. product #n) c. nh<a
4. plastic #n) d. che chd, bYo +g
5. pleased #ad*) e. phAn b3n, ho6 hoc
6. natural resource f. ticp %ic, -ln ch0"
(. fertilier #n) . h,i ln, +ui
3(H: 1*f 2*d 3*b 4*c 6*g 5*a 7*e
F Luestions/ 'Lc#y nmbers+
HPN:
a. She means by reduce that we do not buy things over
packaged
b. )e can reuse thing such as envelopes! plastic or glass
bottles
c. Wecycle means to put used object or materials though a
special process so that they can be used again.
d. )e can look for information on recycling things from
environmental organiPations or scienti.c societies
e. iss Blake tells @an that we should not use plastic bags at all
because plactis bags are di[cult to be destroyed! so the
amount of garbage increases.
&I. Presentation: #Plicit ss fro" the dialoue).
/tEs not di[cult to remember
/Em pleased that you want to know more.
Doncept check:
Qorm: 1. etus V# not )V ad* V toj{ jin O to j V be V Fd* ......
2. G V be V #not )V ad* V that clause
eaning: Gsu trans.
Xse: 1. $n chq n iY -[ di8n tY "^c -1, t/nh chpt khi l,"
B -3
2. $i8n tY tA" tr0n cqa nfi n3i khi ai -3 l," B.
&II. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab V $o e%ereise 3OTO in WB
& 'repare : speak,listen.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
142
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&uesday! Zanuary "(
th
! "#$'
Unit 1I : recyc!ing
Perio ;1 Lesson *: +,eaking
2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practise
speakin in i+in and respondin to instructions.
& Teachin aids : posters and cards, tape, radio.
& Fnticipated proble"s :
G. Pro)edure:
I. Pre s%ea#ing:
1. Warm %: Brainstorming : CBWBBCI
V old O used paper , fruit peels R.
V bottles , cans , *ars R.
V dishes , bowls , cups RR
2. &ocab!ary :
& "etal #n) : ki" lo0i #e%plan.)
& fabric #n) : sXi #+Yi) #realia.)
& leather #n) : da thu1c #realia.)
& +eetable "atter #n) : th<c +_t #e%plan.)
& co"post #n) : phAn %anh #trans.)
& belon to #+) : thumc v &eplanation(
"hec#ing : R.A.R
3. Pre * s%ea#ing:
& What are those thins called b &z arba
& Cse picture in pae.Z1
& Fsk ss to call na"e of each ob*ect #ite")
& Work in roups: 2 roups
& ss write on the board
Thins in the picture
'aper, newspapers #old O used newspapers) #waste paper)
Pa+er Plasti) Klass <etal
Csed paper
ld newspaper
Book
Bo%es
..
Bottles
Bas
Eans
Bottles
!lasses
ars
...
yood cans
$rinkin cans
Tins
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
143
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

0abri) *eather Vegetable matter
Elothes
'iece of
taterial
Ghoes
Bas
Gchool bas
GalatsOcarrot
II. Whi!e s%ea#ing:
& Fsk students read dialoue in pae Z1 #silently)
& Eall so"e pairs to read the"
& Gtudents use the words in the board and "ake Iuestions and
respondins olowin the "odel
a. - )hich group do clothes belong to,
- Gut them in fabric
- )hat can we do with there clothes,
- )e can recycle them into paper or shopping bags
b. /s fruit vegetable matter,
+ &hatEs right
+ )hat will you do with it,
+ )e can make it into compost and fertiloPer our .eld
#Nou can use: Keuse, recycle, and reduce to "ake dialoue steps of
practice speakin: open pairs V closedpairs.)
T i+es so"e suestions if they ha+e di|culties in practice:
V Thins in paper roup: &z can recycle O reuse
V plastic &z can recycle
V lass &z can recycle
V "etal &z can recycle
V fabric &z can recycle
V leather &z can recycle
ss can i+es their ideas to econo"ie and protect the en+iron"ent
III. Post s%ea#ing: Write it %
& Gtudents work indi+idually
& Gtudents write so"e ways of recyclin , reusin the arbae :
VWe can reuse paper for wrappin food
VWe can "ake fruit peels into co"post
RRRRRR..
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
144
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& 'ractise speakin with their friends
& 'repare for listenin
& $o e% 1.2
&hursday! Zanuary '$
st
! "#$'
Unit 1I : recyc!ing
Perio ;* Lesson 3 Listen B L2 384
2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to "aster
+ocabulary and the content of the listenin test on how to
"ake arbae into co"post .
& Teachin aids : posters.
G. Pro)edure /
I. Warm % : Mestions : + Bre fruit peels or vegetable gabage ,
+ Dan we make fruit peels or vegetable
compost ,
+ )hat can we do with it ,
II. &ocab!ary :
moisture &n( : h5i nF9c , h5i m & trans (
heap &n( : <4ng a pile &syn(
pic# &n( : c`i cu4c &realia(
shovel &n( : c`i \ng & realia(
grain products &n( : ng c4c & eample (
sunlight &n( : `nh s`ng mt tr6i &visual (
shade &n( : b^ng r;m &trans(
.#ecking : W#at an W#ere
III. Pre E &istening : Orering
"tudents listen to the test
$rder the words they hear in the correct order
"tudents chec# and correct
1. heap
2. )rain pro!ucts
3. sunli)ht
.. pick
/. shovel
7. moisture
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
145
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

IV.W#i&e E &istening : 7%&ti,&e c#oice :
"tudents read the 8uestions carefully
a+ 4hat type o6 garbage .an you put in the .ompo-t 5
A. all vegetable matter
B. meat or grain product
b+ 4here i- the be-t p,a.e 6or a .ompo-t heap 5
A. a place that gets no sun
B. a place that gets sun and shade
.+ Shou,d you 2ater the .ompo-t 5
A. Hes
B. Eo
d+ Ho2 ,ong doe- it ta0e be6ore you .an u-e the .ompo-t 5
A. after it rains *B. si months
"tudents listen to the radio twice
"tudents chec# and correct
a. A
$. "
c. "
. "
V. Post E Listening : Reca&&
4e mu-t u-e on,y 3egetab,e matter eg C tea ,ea3e- , egg -he,,- , ti--ue- + 4e mu-tnHt u-e
any meat and grain produ.t- + The be-t p,a.e 6or a .ompo-t heap i- a p,a.e that get-
-un and -hade + 4e -hou,dnHt 2ater the .ompo-t + B6 the 2eather i- 2et , 2e ha3e to
.o3er the heap + Bt ta0e- > month- be6ore 2e .an u-e the .ompo-t a- 6erti,iQer +
1. Eo"plete the dialoue. Cse the words i+en #lanuae focus 3)
$. easy to understand
". hard to believe Gtudents work in pairs
'. dangerous to go
%. important to wait
{z yor" : etus V #not) V ad* V to j { To j O j&in RV be V ad*
R.
Cse : /ijn <t mUc <m &#h^ , dj +( #hi lBm go
+%ggeste a-ectives : ea-y , di66i.u,t , hard , -imp,e , .om,i.ated , intere-ting , boring
, dangerou- , -a6e , un-a6e F++
2. "om%!ete the !etter '() 4 PG7+ ,or# in gro%s of 416
1. was happy 4. Fre you sure
2. a" belie+ed 5. a" afraid
3. is certain
{z yor" : G V be V ad* V that clause #G
2
V j
2
)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
146
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Cse : /ijn <t c=m c th`i <m tonh c=m cVa ai <^ #hi monh hoc ngF6i #h`c lBm
go
+%ggeste a-ectives : happy , unhappy , sad , pleased , bored , disappoited , amaYed ,
surprised , ecited ++
VI. Homework C
& 2earn by heart vocabulary
& /o eercises in 1B
& Prepare for Xead
$nday8 2ebrary 3rd82I13
Unit 1I : recyc!ing
Perio ;4 Lesson 4 R(A9
2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to read for
details about how thins are recycled and for" the passi+e in the
present si"ple.
& Teachin aids : posters.
G. Pro)edure:
J War" up:
en+iron"ent used arbae, pure, paper, protect
en+elope, dust, reen tree, can plastic, paper ba, reduce,
reuse, recycle
I. Pre reading:
1. Pre M tea)h vo)abular$.
pipe #n) : mn #realia)
deposit #n) : ti@n -5t coc #e%pla)
lassware #n) : -. thuw tinh #realia)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
14(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

dun #n) : phAn thi +_t #trans)
#to) rexll : l," -9y, -\ -9y l0i #trans)
#to) "elt : l," n3n chYy, l," tan ra #ant:
freee)
#to) share : chia s\
"hec#ing : s!a% on board.
Ka+ Nll +redi)tion/
cans tires compost glass bottles
a. /n the XSB! millions of old car tires are thrown away every
year.
b. /nBritain! the milk man brings bottles of milk and collects the
empty one.
c. /n industry most is recycled.
d. Billions of cans are thrown away everyday all over the world.
e. Qarmers also collect household and garden waste to make
compost
II. Whi!e reading:
& 1
st
readin for checkin their prediction
Hey: a. tires b. bottles
c. glass d. cans e. compost
& 2
nd
readin for co"prehension Iuestions #lucky nu"bers)
a. )hat happens do with empty milk bottles,
b. )hat happens to the glass when it is sent to the factories,
c. )hat did the *regon environment do to prevent people from
throwing drink cans away,
d. )hat is compost made from,
e. /f you have a recycling story to share! how can you share it,
f. )hat do you do with the old things,
1&a 2&b 3&c 4OUD 5OUD 6&d (&e T&f
3(H: a. Geople clean and re.ll empty milk bottles to save money.
*ne milk bottle can be used thirty times.
b. )hen it is sent to the factories! it is proken up! melted and made
into new glass ware.
c. &hey made a new law by which all drink cans must be deposited.
Bnd this deposit is returned when people bring the can back
for recycling.
d. Dompost is made from household or garden wastes or dung.
e. /EEll put in the local news paper and give it to my friends.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
14T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

III. Post reading:
3
rd
reading for N 4a% @!! O #work in pairs)
Dar tires are recycled to make pipes and 6oor coverings
ilk bottles are cleaned and re.lled
Class is broken up! melt and made into new glass ware
Drinks cans are brought back for recycling
0ousehold and garden waste is made into compost
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& Kedo P% 1,2 in TB #'Z3)
& $o e%ereise 1O2 5O6O in WB
& 'repare : write 1,2
$nday8
2ebrary 17
th
8 2I13
Unit 1I : recyc!ing
Perio 54 Lesson 4: Write
A. Aim : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write set
of instructions, usin the seIuencin.
& Teachin aids : posters.
& Fnticipated proble"s:
>. Procedre:
F #arm u+/
& Ke+iew: check ssu +ocabulary
& rderin: 0irst 0inall$ then next
:e$/ 0irst M then M next - Nnall$
F Vo)abular$/
#to) soak : nhin, nA" n7c #"i"e)
#to) press : nhpn, p #"i"e)
#to) "i% : ho, tr1n #trans.)
#to) "ash : nhi@n nhr, b3p n6t #"i"e)
#to) scatter : tun rYi, rnc #"i"e)
bucket #n) : thn, %? #+isual)
wire "esh #n) : l7i snt #trans.)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
14Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

"hec#ing: What and ,here
I. Pre ,riting:
1. Ka+ Nll /
Eo"plete the recyclin instructions. Cse the +erbs in the bo% on
pae Z3 in TB.
HPN: 1 & use 2 & "i%
3 & place 4 & press
5 & wrap 6 & wait
( dry
2. +ea,ing
Fsk ss to close their books.
& Write the feIuencin on the board and ha+e ss to practice speakin
& Eall on ss to say the sentences fro" "e"ory
yirst, soak old newspaper in a bucket o+erniht
Then, "ash the paper by a wooden spoon
De%t, "i% the washed paper with co+er
yinally, take the "esh out of the cloth and dry it in the sun
3. 7rdering +i)tures
& Gtick the photocopied pictures on the board rando"ly
& Fsk ss to listen and work in roup to rearrane the picture
accordin to the
instructions on how to prepane the tea leares.
& Kead the instruction aloud.
II. Whi!e ,riting:
Ma+e ss write the instruction about 5 "inutes.
a. yirst, take the used tea lea+es fro" the tea pot
b. De%t, scatter the tea lea+es
c. Then, dry the lea+es in the sun
d. yinally, put the dry lea+es in apot for future use
III. Post L ,riting:
1. !e)all/
!i+e instruction how to prepare the tealea+es
# ss read loudly then write on board to correct )
2.#riting
ss i+e instructions for "akin ss know
# usin xrst, then, ne%t, xnally )
P:
0ow to cook rice
Qirst! pour rice into a rice electric cooker
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
15`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

4e5t! clean the rice
&hen! pour enough water into the cooker
Qinally! put the plug of the cooker into the socket and pren the
cooker button
# ef ha+e enouh ti"e: Fsk ss to read O write on the board ).
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocabulary.
& Write the instruction for "akin or usin anythin you know
& $o e%ereise ( '.63 in WB
& 'repare: lanuae focus
Wednesday8 2ebrary
2I
th
8 2I13
Unit 1I : recyc!ing
Perio 56 Lesson 6: Langage focs 182
2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to et "ore
practice in the learnt +ocab, passi+e for", ad* V to jOD
clause and "aster the".
& Teachin aids : posters.
& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure:
I. Warm %:
sure certain
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
151
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du


Fd*ecti+es hard
easy danerous
II. Revision:
1. Eo"plete the dialoue. Cse the words i+en #lanuae focus 3)
$. easy to understand
". hard to believe Gtudents work in pairs
'. dangerous to go
%. important to wait
{z yor" : etus V #not) V ad* V to j { To j O j&in RV be V ad*
R.
Cse : /ijn <t mUc <m &#h^ , dj +( #hi lBm go
+%ggeste a-ectives : ea-y , di66i.u,t , hard , -imp,e , .om,i.ated , intere-ting , boring
, dangerou- , -a6e , un-a6e F++
2. "om%!ete the !etter '() 4 PG7+ ,or# in gro%s of 416
1. was happy 4. Fre you sure
2. a" belie+ed 5. a" afraid
3. is certain
{z yor" : G V be V ad* V that clause #G
2
V j
2
)
Cse : /ijn <t c=m c th`i <m tonh c=m cVa ai <^ #hi monh hoc ngF6i #h`c lBm
go
+%ggeste a-ectives : happy , unhappy , sad , pleased , bored , disappoited , amaYed ,
surprised , ecited ++
III. Passive voice:
1. Pelmanism/
1 2 3 4 5 6 ( T
build break wash dry "i% "elt show
"ake
a b c d e f h
broken washed built "i%ed dried shown "ade
"elted.
2. Transformation/
& Fsk ss to rewrite the instructions, usin the present si"ple passi+e
& T i+e an e%a"ple:
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
152
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

b. Then, wash the lass with a deterent liIuid.
&z Then the lass is washed with a deterent liIuid.
& ss work in roups of 4.
HPN: c. &he glass pieces are dried completely
d. &hey are mi5ed with certain speci.c chemicals
e. &he mi5ture is melted until it becomes a liYuid.
f. B long pipe is used and dipped into the liYuid! the liYuid is
blown into intended shapes.
& 'ut the pictures in the correct order.
1 4 3 5 2 & 6
{z yor" re+iewed:
G V a" O is O are V '
2
# j ed O j
3
) V#by ).
3. Presentation/
)hen will the project be started! doctor,
/t will be started ne5t year.
yor": # Wh) V will V G V be V '
2
b
G V will V be V '
2
V #by ).
teanin : ssu translation
Cse : th[ bk -1n d thB t]n lai -]n.
'. Pra)ti)e/
a. Word cues: 1. )hen 2 the house 2 build ,
/t 2 build 2 ne5t month
". )hen 2 the shop 2 open ,
/t 2 open 2 tomorrow.
b. Uanuae focus 2: work in pairs
HPN: 1. will be shown 3. will be xnished
2. will it be built 4. will it be "ade
"V. 6ome3or,/
& $o e%ereise (OT on pae 63O64 in WB
& Ke do lanuae focus 1 &z 4
& 'repare new lenon: C
11
: !ettin started listen
2riday8 2ebrary 22
th
8 2I13
Unit 11 : 0rave!!ing arond viet nam
Perio 55 : 4etting started B !isten and read.
2. 2im : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice
readin the dialoue and use so"e e%pression and know how
to use would you "ind O $o you "ind V j&in b
& Teachin aids : pictures, posters, , tape
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
153
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure/
I. Warm %:
tatchin
T uses four pictures on '. ZT and ask ss to "atch to the phrases in
the bo% in pae ZT
Hey: '. a & 2.Do ton !ate
'. b & 4. Dha Kon Marbor
'. c & 1. The te"ple of literature
'. d & 3. Ma Uon bay
II. Pre teach vocab!ary:
#to) "ind : l," phi@n
#to) "o+e : di chuy[n, dkch chuy[n
#to) i+e G. a hand : iip -
#to) take # a photo ) : chlp Ynh
suar cane #n) : cAy "/a
crop #n) : "a ",n
"hec#ing : s!a% on board
III. Listen and read:
1. $et the scence: #what is hoa talkin to Ti" b)
2. Listen:
Fsk ss to listen to the tape # twice )
3 Read:
Fsk ss to read the dialoue in pairs
Eall so"e pairs to read the dialoue
4. 0re 1 2a!se statements: 'P. GG* 1II+
a. &his is the .rst time 0oa has met &imEs family.
b. 0oa helps rs. Zones with her luggage.
c. &he Zones family is traveling from the airport in a bus.
d. Shannon has never seen rice paddies before.
e. &he car is traveling past farmland.
f. *nly rice and corn are grown around 0anoi.
HPN:
a. T b. T c. y
d. T e. T f. y
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
154
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

I&. Presentation !angage:
1. <ode! sentences.
Plicitin fro" the dialoue.
Mow do you ask if you want to ask G. to sit in the front seat of the
ta%ib
Would you "ind sittin in the front seat of the ta%ib
yor": Would you "ind V j&in b
$o
Do, e donut "indO Do, of course not O Dot at all O Do, proble"
eu" sorry, e canut O eu" sorry. Thatus not possible
teanin : ssu translation
Cse : -@ nhk ai l," -i@u B "1t c6ch lkch s<
Dote : 1n t "ind c3 nh~a l, l," phi@n, do -3 -[ trY
lfi "an t/nh khn -knh #-.n a) ta phYi
dn n3 c3 nh~a l, kh?n phi@n .
&. Practice: # $rill )
1. "o+e O can
2. close O door
3. et O coSee
4. i+e O lift
5. show O way
T run throuh &z ss
T "odals &z ss
Gs ss
open closed pairs
P:
Would you "ind "o+in the can b
&I. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& take 5 sentences with the structure
& 'repare new lesson: speak
$nday8 2ebrary 24
th
8 2I13
Unit 11 : 0rave!!ing arond viet nam
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
155
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Perio 57 $%ea#BL2 384
2 .2im : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to ma#e and respond to formal
re8uests using P mind h and ma#e suggestions.
% Teaching aids : cards, posters.
% Anticipated problems:
B. Proce!ure::
0 . &re Z Spea0ing :
I . warm up : 7ame : 1hat does it say .
' [hoose a student : % As# her * him to go to the board and stand with her * his bac#
to the board .
% Teacher write the information on the board .
% As# the students to try to help the student guess what is written on the board .
Eample : $n the board is written : % yes , 0 do .
"tudents help : % /o you li#e your teacher.
$n the board : every day
"tudents help : Low often do you go to school .
N . )ocabulary :
air conditioner &n( : m`y <iu hoB nhint <m &picture(
would rather &v( : th3ch h5n &synonym with prefer(
0f &conG.( : nTu nhF & translation(
[hec#ing : "lap the board .
Z : !odel sentence :
A : 1ould you mind if 0 too# a photo .
b : Eot at all .
A : /o you mind if 0 sit here .
B : Hes , please do .
I ab form :
: Xesponses :
' . Agree : Eo, 0 don-t mind * Eo , of course not . * not at all *
Please do . * Please go ahead .
' . /isagree : 0-m sorry . 0 can-t . * 0-m sorry . 0t-s impossible .
0-d rather you didn-t . * 0-d prefer you didn-t .
N . !eaning : Tti lBm + c^ <Fzc #htng . *
ETu tti lBm + c^ phin anh&chi ..( #htng .
Z. esage : /?ng <y in php lBm vinc go mmt c`ch lpch sk .
O . Pronunciation : would rather a d rather .
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
156
Would you "ind if e V j#ed O cmt 2) V
RRR..
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

00 . 4hi,e Spea0ing : 2anguage focus O .
I. /o eercise O . ese pictures on page IIK S tetboo# .
a . "it down b . smo#e cigarettes
c . go out d . turn off the stereo .
e . turn on the air S conditioner f . watch T.) .
Eample :
A : 1ould you mind if 0 sat down .
or /o you mind if 0 sit down .
B : Please do . * 0-d prefer you didn-t .
N. 2anguage focus Z .
N . !eaning : Bn lBm + c^ <Fzc #htng . *
Bn lBm + c^ phin #htng .
Z. esage : /?ng <y yRu cqu, < nghp ngF6i #h`c lBm vinc go mmt c`ch lpch sk .
% As# "s to do eercise Z .
a . Put out * cigarrette &yes( b. move * car &yes(
c. get * coffee &no( d. wait * moment &no(
Eample :
A : /o * 1ould you mind moving your car .
B : Eo , $f course not . * 0-m sorry , 0 can-t .
000 . &o-t Z -pea0ing : !apped dailogue .
Hou Tourist officer

Ecuse me s Hes .

0 want to visit the mar#et.
[ould you suggest one . Eot at all
Low about going to Thai Binh mar#et .
0t open from about g am to 8 pm .
That sounds interesting
Thanh you . Hou are welcome .
0) . Home2or0 :
% 2earn new woulds and form of grammar .
% /o eercies Z % wor# boo# on page JJ .
% Prepare net lesson : 2istening .
0hrsday8
2ebrary 2/
th
8 2I13
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
15(
$o O Would you "ind V j#in) V
RRR.. b
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Unit 11 : 0rave!!ing arond viet nam
Perio 5/ !istening
2.2ims/ : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to listen for
details about the place directions and infor"ation about so"e
places of interest in jietna".
& Teachin aids : posters, "ap, cassette, tape
& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure:
I. Warm %:
$alat
sihts in jietna"
Ma lon Bay Gapa
II. Pre teach vocab!ary:
oceanic institute #p.n) : +ign hYi d]n hoc #trans.)
"anixcent #ad*) : lmng ly , tr`ng ln #sy".)
tribal +illae #p.n) : l,n dAn t1c /t nfi
#e%a"ple)
slope #n) : sfn nii # +isual)
*unle #n) : rn r_" # e%plan.)
li"estone #n) : -6 +?i #trans.)
waterfall #n) : th6c #e%a"ple)
"hec#ing : What and ,here.
III. Listening:
$. Gre+listening:
T uses the "ap and asks:
)hat is this,
Fsk ss to identify the places # ss predict ).
". )hile listening:
ss listen
1
st
ss listen
2
nd
ss listen and take notes
3
nd
ss listen and check
Ans,er #ey: a. restaurant
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
15T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

b. hotel
c. bus station
d. pagoda
e. temple
I&Langage focs 1 .2
<ode! sentenses
1 The bo$ is in m$ )lass .6e is reading a boo,
P The boy reading aboo# is in my c!ass
2 The oldlam+ is Nve dollars .The$ are made in .hina
P 0he o!d !am% made in "hina is @ve do!!ars
2orm : G #person) Vjin
$ 'thin) Vjed
Dote jin Ojed <Fzc d?ng <y rt gn mnnh < t3nh ng>
Ving dijn t= hBnh <mng <ang y ra
Ve dijn t= nghDa bp <mng
Practice
Fsk ss to look at the pictures and "ake setences
$1 the wo"an talkin to Da" is "iss Uien
$2 the irls playin chess are Moa and Da
$3 the toy ani"alskept in the tray are ten dollars
$4 owers wrapped in plastic baare one dollar
& .ome,or#
& Uearn by heart +ocabulary
& $o e%ercise 5OT '.6( in WB
& 'repare the new lesson: Kead 2.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
15Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2riday8 <arch
1st8 2I13.
Unit 11 : 0rave!!ing arond viet nam
Perio 5G reading
2. Aim : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to read
about so"e fa"ous tourist sites in jiet na" and know the
way to use ad*ecti+e clauses.
& Teachin aids : posters.
& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure:: e . Gre O Weading :
1 . War" up :
}ui : Whatus this place b
& Tell students each place consists of 3 Iuestions :
V 3 points for the xrst Iuestion .
V 2 points for 2
nd
Iuestion .
V 1 point for 3
rd
Iuestion .
a . $aUat . b . Ga'a .
1 . etus called the city of Pternal sprin . 1 . etus a "ountainous
resort .
2 . et has a lot of waterfalls and lakes . 2 . et has tribal +illaes .
3 . Nou can xnd the "ost kind of owes here . 3 . Go"eti"es it has
snow .

c . Dha Tran d . Ma Uon Bay .
1 . et has a seaside resort . 1. etus reconied as a
world Meritae
Gite by Cnessco
2 . et has a +ery bi "onu"ent of Buddha . 2 . et has a lot of ca+es .
3 . et has an ceanic in stitute. 3 . et consists a lot of
islands .
Pre tea)h vo)abular$: <atching
oceanic institute #p.n) : +ign hYi d]n hoc #trans.)
"anixcent #ad*) : lmng ly , tr`ng ln #sy".)
tribal +illae #p.n) : l,n dAn t1c /t nfi
#e%a"ple)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
16`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

slope #n) : sfn nii # +isual)
*unle #n) : rn r_" # e%plan.)
li"estone #n) : -6 +?i #trans.)
water fall #n) : th6c #e%a"ple)
"ountain cli"bin #p.n): "?n leo nii # e%plan )
orist # n ) : nfi b6n hoa # e%plan )
#to) sunbathe : tn" nnn # +isual )
#to) i"port : nh_p khu # trans. )
#to) e%port : %upt khu # ant )
"hec#ing : s!a% on board.
ee . )hile O Weading :
J !rid 1 :
& Fsk students to read the ad+ertise"ent about the resorts on
pae 1`2 , 1`3 and check # ) the topic "entioned in the rid on
pae 1`4 .

V Hey :

J Dha Tran : iht to Ma Doi , railway , hotel , local trnsport ,
tourist attractions .
J $a Uat : Motels , Uocal transport , waterfalls , tourist
attractions.
J Ga'a : Motel , Uocal transport , "ountain slopes , +illaes ,
tourist attractions .
J Ma Uon Bay : world Meritae , tourist attractuons , sand
beaches , railway , hotels , ca+es , local transport .
!rid 2 :
& !et students to open their books , read the te%t on pae 1`5 and
check # )
the bo%es .
Hey :
a . Ga'a
b . Dha Tran
c . Dha ron Marbor
d . Ma Uon Bay
e . $a Uat .
eee . Gost O Weading :
Kole play .
& Tell students to ask and answer Iuestions usin the
infor"ation in the te%t .
& write the "odel on the board .
F : Where should # Fndrew ) o b
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
161
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

B : Me should o to Ga 'a .
F : Why b
B : Because # Me studys tribes and he likes "ountain
cli"bin ) .
V todel : !ood students .
V ask students to work in pairs .
V tonitor and correct .
ej . 0omework :
& Uearn new words by heart .
& Keread the te%t about the interestin places in jiet
Da" .
& $o e%ercise 5 on pae 6( work book .
& 'repare ne%t lesson : writin .
$nday8 <arch 3th8 2I13.
Unit 11 : 0rave!!ing arond viet nam
Perio BA : ,rite
2.2ims : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know
how to write a story O narrati+e usin a uided co"position.
& Teachin aids : posters.
& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %:
'el"anis".
1 2 3 4 5 6 (
realie et ha+e stop start drop try
a b c d e f
ot had realied started stopped dropped tried
: Pre teach vocab!ary :
#to) stu"ble aainst : +pp phYi, trXt chAn # "i"e )
#to) o+erturn : l_t nh,o, -\ nh,o
# +isual )
#to) rescue : c^u # trans. )
#to) paddle : ch4o, "6i ch4o # "i"e )
stranely # ad+ ) : l0 ln # trans. )
suddenly # ad+) : b\n nhisn
# trans. )
rock #n) : <` & visual(
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
162
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

"hec#ing : R.A.R
I. Pre ,riting:
1. 7rdering statements
@ast week! while on vocation in Dalat! the Zones family had Yuite an
unforgetable
adventure on fuan 0uong lake. )hat did they do and what
happened to them ,
Fnswer:
I. c
N. a
Z.
O. d
g. f
J. b
c. e
Fsk ss to read the te%t.
Fsk so"e Iuestions:
- #hat ha++ened to the =ones famil$9
- #hat did the$ do9
". *rdering pictures:
Fsk ss to work in pairs
1.d 5. a
N.b 6. f
Z.e c. c
O.h T.
3.-peakin)
ese pictures and word cue on page IKJ% IKc to write the narrative:
These word cues to help them:
d+ She1 ha3e1 math eGam 1 Eriday1 and 1 -he1 get up1 ,ate+
6+ S.hoo, bag1 drop1 poo,1 and e3erything11 get 2et+
g+ 7u.0i,y1 Oyen1 had1 enough time1 6ini-h1 eGam
II. W#i&e E writing:%Write / it E %,
Fsk ss to use the pictures already rearraned and the i+en words to
write the story about Cyen.
Gtart: Xyen had a day to remember last week. She ..
& tonitor and help ss with words or structures while they are writin
& Ffter ss xnish, call on so"e ss to read their story a loud for the
class
& Fsk ss to notice the past si"ple tense is often used in a narrati+e
: Ans,er #ey:
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
163
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Xyen had a day to remember last week. She had a ath e5am on
friday but she got up
late. She realiPed her a larm clock did not oN. Bs she was leaving
home! it started to
rain heavily. Xyen tried to run as fast as she could. Suddenly she
stumbled against a
rock and fell on to the road. 0er school bag went into a pool of water
and everything
got wet. Strangely! the rain stopped as she got to her classroom.
@uckily! Xyen had
enough time to .nish her e5am.
III. Post ,riting:
& Fsk ss to display their narrati+e
& Ma+e others correct "istakes
& yeed back.
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocabulary
& Eopy down the story aain
& $o e%ereise (OZ in WB
& 'repare new lesson: Uanuae focus
Wednesday8
<arch85
th
8 2I13.
Unit 11 : 0rave!!ing arond viet nam
Perio B1 Langage focs 182
2.2ims : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use
present and past participles to describe thins and people,
and practice usin the structure would you "ind R b
& Teachin aids :
& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %:
te"ory a"e
& Fsk ss to open their books and obser+e the picture on pae 1`Z
carefully
& Uet ss look at the picture for 1 "inute and ask the" to close their
books
& $e+ide the class in to 2 tea"s
& Fsk each to write na"us of thin in picture on board
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
164
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& declare which tea" is ninner
Hey: bo%, la"p, truck, doll, owers, elephant, bear, rabbit.
: Pre teach vocab!ary:
#to) wrap & wrapped : 3i, bao phq # "i"e )
#to) paint painted : s]n # "ine )
#to) dress dressed : "5c #Iu9n 6o) # trans. )
#to) keep kept : i # trans.O situa.)
*unk #n) : -. -.n n6t # e%a"ple )
"hec#ing : What and ,here.
I. Presentation 1:
$. Set the scence:
Cse picture on pae 1`T.
etus ti"e for recess and people at }uan Trun school are in the
school. What are they doin b
Who is the boy readin a book b
&z The boy readin a book is Ba.
". Qorm: D V j&in R &z present participle
Xse: F present pacticiple can be used as an ad* to Iualify a noun
standin before with acti+e "eanin.
eaning: ssu translation.
'. Doncept check: yor", Translation, Cse.
II. Practice 1: Pictre ces N 9ri!! O
Fsk ss to use picture on '.1`T
T "odels ss
T ss
ss & ss
pen & close pairs.
&he man walking up the stairs is r Vuang
&he woman carrying a bag is iss @ien
&he boy standing ne5t to iss @ien is 4am 2 talking to J
&he boy sitting under the tree is Ba
&he girls playing chess are 4ga on the right and 0oa on the left.
&he girl standing by the table is @an
III. Presentation 2:
$. Set the scence:
0ow much is the doll dressed in red ,
&he doll dressed in red is " dollars.
". Qorm: D V '2 # j ed O j3 ) &z past participle.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
165
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

teanin: ssu translation
Cse: F past participle can be used as an ad*ecti+e to Iualify a noun
standin before with neati+e "eanin.
'. Doncept check: yor", Translation, Cse.
I&. Practice 2: Pictre ce dri!!.
&he bo5 painted green is one dollar.
&he truck recycled from junk is two dollars
&he 6owers wrapped in yellow paper are one dollar
&he toys kept in a bo5 are ten dollars
&. 2rther %ractice: <!ti%!e choice.
$. / can see a boy ( ride 2 riding 2 rode ) a water buNalo
". &he baby ( sit 2 sitting 2 sat ) in an armchair is crying for her
mother
'. &he window ( repairing 2 repais 2 repaired ) last night was broken
%. &he boy ( taken 2 take 2 taking ) to the hospital was injured in the
accident
7. y sister likes sweets ( making 2 made 2 make ) from chocolate
&I. .ome,or#:
$o e%ereise 4 on pae 66 in WB
take 3 sentences with each structune
'repare new lesson: Test 45
2riday8 <arch8/
th
8 2I13
Period 72 : R(&I$IAD
I.Aim : By the end of the lesson , students will be able to re+ise
the ra""ar points they ha+e learnt and practice doin eercises
II. "ontent :
I. Warm % :
Fd* V that clause & ed participle

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
166
!ra""ar
points fro"
unit Z to 11
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Bdj
- to in.nitive

+ /ng participle
Passive voi)e
ee. !ra""ar points
1. The passi+e +oice :
yor" : G V be V '2 V by
0. [hange the following sentences into passive voice.
I. !r Tuan delivered the speech yesterday .
N. Turn off the computer at night
Z. 0 clean the floor everyday.
O. !y mother bought this dress this morning.
g. "he did this eercise tow days ago.
J. They send him abroad to study chemistry.
c. Eobody has used this room for a long time .
8. "omeone has stolen my bi#e .
M. IK. Le has Gust received a letter from his parents
IK. "he will buy this house .
II. They are building my house .
IN. 2an was ma#ing my new dress at this time yesterday .
00 Put the verbs in the brac#ets into the correct rense.
I. "he & come ( ++++++. to france N years ago
N. 0 & Gust send ( ++++++. the letter.
Z. Le & wor# (++++++. for that company for g years
O. 0 & graduate (++++++. from Lue eniversity last year.
g. Tom &play (++++++. football every afternoon
J. 0 &coo# ( ++++++. in the #itchen when he came in
c. !ai & attend ( ++++++. a meeting at the moment .
8. 0 & help( ++++++. Lim whenever he needs.
000 !a#e complete sentences using the given cues.
I. you * send * letter * yet .................................................................................
N. Eile * longest * river * in * world .................................................................
Z. Loa * salary * high * than * Tom*s ................................................................
O. Le * wor# * hard * order* pass * eam ..........................................................
0) . Put the following verbs into the correct form% )ing or To% 0nf.
I. "he told me how &ma#e (+++++ the ca#e.
N. The man & stand ( +++++ near the door is my brother.
Z. /o you mind & tell( +++++ me her address .
O. !y father decided & go ( +++++ abroad
g. [ould you please tellme where & buy ( +++++ this boo# .
J. 0t-s difficult &do( +++++ this proGect .
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
16(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

). fill in the blan# with a suitable word.
I. "he was coo#ing +++++ the phone rang.
N. 1ould you mind +++++ 0 smo#ed here .
Z. !ary used +++++ be a good student.
O. Hesterday was +++++ hottest day during this month
g. 0 sat in the first row so +++++ to clearly hear his lecture.
). [hoose the correct world in parentheses.
I. 0 was having dinner & when * while * as ( my mother was cleaning the floor.
N. 1e are &delight* delighting * delighted ( that you pass your final eamation .
Z. 1ould you li#e & go* to go * going ( to the cinema tonight .
O. Than#s & for * to * at ( inviting me to the festival.
g. football is &play* playing * played ( all over the world .
J. !ai as#ed Loa & whether * to * about ( she new Loi An.
)0. 7ive the correct form of the verbs in brac#ets.
I.!ary & find ( ++ a five S pound note while she & wal# ( ++++to school yesterday
N. 0 & Gust finish ( +++++ reading 1ar and Peace .0t-s a brilliant boo#.
Z. 0 &not be ( +++++ at wor# tomorrow ,0-m ta#ing the day off.
O. Low long ++ you &be ( ++.. a nurse .,!ss 2an . for g years .
g. 1hile Peter &drive ( ++.+ home late last night he & run( ++.+ out off the petrol.
J. "he always &get ( +++++ up early to study her lessons.
)00. Xewrite each sentence, beginging as shown , so that the meaning stays the same.
I."he invites me to the party.0 +++++++++++++++++
N.P/o many tourists visit Phong Eha [ave every year ,2an .h!ai as#ed.
!ai as#ed 2an ++++++++++++++++++++++++
Z. 0 started playing the piano two years ago .%0 have +++++++++++
O. P 0 sometimes wor# on "undays h Luong said .%Luong said
g.They told him to stay home for three days
Le was +++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Sunday! arch $#th
! "#$'
Period O3: WRI00(D 0($0 46Q
A. Aims : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to co"plete
the test accurately and "aster the knowlede theyu+e learnt fro"
unit Z to unit 11.
R&eaching aids: Mandouts
Vocabular': % A first aid course
& Xecycling
& Traveling around )iet Eam
+rammar: % in order to* so as to
& The future simple and modal Pwillh to ma#e re8uest, offers and
promise
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
16T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& The passive form in present and future simple
& )%ing and v%pp
& Xe8uests with Pwould* /o you mind+++.h
>."ontent:
<o1
I. .#oose t#e wor t#at #as %ner&ine ,art ,rono%nce i8erent&' 8rom ot#ers
01,2
I A. watche B. live [. playe /. staye
N. A.mind B. drive [. visit /. li#e
Z. A. invite B.li#e [. neede /. wante
O. A. center B city [ . corn /. recycle
II. .#oose t#e $est o,tion AC "C . or D to com,&ete t#e 8o&owing sentences: %2
points(.
I. /o you mind ........... on the T) .
A. turned B. turn [. to turn /. turning
N. 1ould you mind if 0 ............... the door .
A. opened B. open [. to open /. opening
Z. Billions of cans are ......... away everyyear all over the world.
A. throw B. thrown [. throwing /. threw
O. [ar tires can++++ to ma#e sandals and floor coverings
A. recycle B. recycled [. be recycled /. be recycle
5. The girl ....................net to me is 2an
A. sits B. sitting [. sit /.sat
;. The food+++. in the refrigerator is very stale.
A. #eep B. to #eep [. #eeping /. #ept
B.0 am very happy +++you again in )iet Eam.
A. welcome B. to welcome [.welcoming /.to welcoming
8GGG. as not to catch a cold , 0 often wear warm clothes
A. in B. so [. with /. at
III. +%,,&' t#e ,ast an ,ast ,artici,&e 8orm o8 t#ese ver$s 0 1 2
I. ta#e N. see
Z. write O. spea#
IV. Give correct 8orm o8 t#e ver$s 0*,2
I. They & watch ( +++++++++..T) since 8 o-cloc#
N. The girls &play( +++++++chess are Loa and !ai
Z. 0t-s easy& do( +++++++this math eercise.
O. 1ould you mind if 0 & come ( ++++++into your room.
V.Rewrite t#e sentences %sing t#e wors given 0 *,2
I. 0 will buy a new bi#e net wee#
%b A new bi#e
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
N. Le cleans the floor everyday
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
16Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

%b The floor
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Z. !ay 0 borrow your bi#e .
%b 1ould you mind if +++++++++++++++++++++.
O. 1ill you hold the party on "aturday evening .
%b 1ill the ++++++++++++++++++++++++++
VI . Rea t#e ,assage an answer t#e :%estions $e&ow 0* ,oint2.
2ast "aturday, rohn and )anessa "mith visited Amsterdam. They went there by car.
They lept their car in a street near a canal. They went sightseeing. At four o
,
cloc# they
decided to go bac# to their car. But where was it. They forgot the name of the streets
They loo#ed for the car for four hours and then went to the police.
I. Low did the "mith travel to Amsterdam.
...........................................................................................................................
N. 1here did they leave their car.
...........................................................................................................................
Z. 1hat did they do there.
...........................................................................................................................
O. /id they find their car.
...........................................................................................................................<o*
I. .#oose t#e wor t#at #as %ner&ine ,art ,rono%nce i8erent&' 8rom ot#ers
I A. hate B. share [. warne /. playe
N. A. mind B. #ind [. light /. minimiYe
Z. A. washe B. touche [. love /. smo#e
O. A. repair B recycle [ . recogniYe /. reduce
II. .#oose t#e $est o,tion AC "C . or D to com,&ete t#e 8o&owing sentences:.
I. /o you mind 0f 0........... the door .
A. closed B. to close [. closing /. close
N. 1ould you mind if 0 ............... here .
A. sit B. sat [. to sit /. sitting
Z. Bottles and cans ......... and refilled again .
A.cleaned B. clean [. are cleaned /. be cleaned
O. [ar tires can+. to ma#e sandals and floor coverings
A. recycle B. recycled [. be recycled /. be recycle
g. The student.....................to music is 2an
A. listens B. listen [. listening /. listened
J.The glass is bro#en up,++++++and made into new glassware
A. melted B. coo#ed [. filled /. dried
B. "he arrived early+++++..order to get good seat.
A. on B. in [. at /. with
8. The doll +++++..in a pin# s#irt is two dollars.
A. dress B. dressing [. dressed /.was dressed
III.+%,,&' t#e ,ast an ,ast ,artici,&e o8 t#ese ver$s
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1(`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

I. write N.brea#
Z. give O. sing
IV. Give correct 8orm o8 t#e ver$s
I. They & live ( +++++..in this house since IMMK
N. 0 am reading the novel & write ( ++++++by Eam [ao.
Z. 1ould you mind &empty( the waste bas#et for me .
O. hens and pig &raise( in your farm .
V.Rewrite t#e sentences
I. 0 will send a letter to my penpal net wee#
%b A letter +++++++++++++++++++++++
N. Le ma#es NK ca#es everyday
%b NK ca#es ++++++++++++++++++++++++
Z. !ay 0 borrow your bi#e .
%b 1ould you mind if +++++++++++++++++++++.
O. 1ill you hold the party on "aturday evening .
%b 1ill the ++++++++++++++++++++++++++
VI . Rea t#e ,assage an answer t#e :%estions $e&ow 0* ,oint2.
2ast "aturday, rohn and )anessa "mith visited Amsterdam. They went there by car.
They lept their car in a street near a canal. They went sightseeing. At four o
,
cloc# they
decided to go bac# to their car. But where was it. They forgot the name of the streets
They loo#ed for the car for four hours and then went to the police.
I.Low did the "mith travel to Amsterdam.
...........................................................................................................................
N.1here did they leave their car.
...........................................................................................................................
Z.1hat did they do there.
...........................................................................................................................
O./id they find their car.

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1(1
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du


Thurs!a'8
9arch 1.th
t
8 2:13
Unit 12 : a vacation abroad
Perio 74 4etting started B !isten and read
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice
readin about "akin plan for a +acation abroad and aware
of how to "ake, accept and decline in+itation and know the
structure of a co"plaint.
& Teachin aids : tape, cassette, poster.
& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure:
I. Warm %: # !uessin a"e )
Ghow the pictures to ss, one by one, and ask ss to uess what
country it is.
Ans,er #ey:
a. The 5 b. 2ustralia
). =a+an d. Gritain
e. .anad f. Thai land
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1(2
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Fsk if they know what 3 xrst pictures are
Ehattin:
&: )here do you want to visit among these countries ,
Ss: .
&: )hy,
Ss: ...
II. Pre teach vocab!ary:
#to) include : bao ." #trans.)
#to) co"e o+er : t0t Iua, h Iua #situa.)
#to) pick G..up : -3n ai #e%pla)
abroad #ad+): : n7c no,i #e%pla)
surprise #n): : s< # -i@u ) n0c nhisn #"i"e)
ticket #n): : + #realia)
price #n): : i6 trans.)
"hec#ing: : R.A.R
III. Listen and read:
$. Set the scence:
". @isten:
Fsk ss to listen to the tape # two ti"es )
'. Wead: & Fsk ss to read the dialoue in pairs
& Eall so"e pairs to read the dialoue.
'. Krid:
$ate ton 25 Tue 26 Wed 2( Thur 2T
Gchedule Eo"in to
Gan
yranc
isco
!oin
o
u
t
Ma+in
dinn
er
with the
G"it
hs
Uea+in
Gan
yran
cisco
5. Luestions # co"prehension ).
Work in pairs.
a. )ill rs Vuyen and her husband stay at rs. SmithEs house ,
)hy , 2 why not ,
b. )ill rs VuyenEs husband have dinner with the smiths , why (not)
c. 0ow will rs Vuyen go to rs. SmithEs house ,
Ans,er #ey.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1(3
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

a. 4o! they wonEt. Because they are coming on a tour! and their
accomodation is included in the ticket price! so they will stay
at the hotel.
b. 4o! he wonEt. Because he will have a business meeting in the
evening that day.
c. rs smith will pick her up at the hotel.
I&. Presentation taret lanuae
Tell ss to read the dialoue aain and pick out the sta"ents
indicatin the followin sentences:
1. takin an in+itation
2. Fcceptin an in+itation
3. $eclinin an in+itation
4. takin a co"plaint
Ans,er #ey:
$. )ould you like to come and stay with us while youEve in tour you
must come+over for dinner one night
". ;es! weEd love to but weEll only be in town for three nights
'. &hatEs very kind of you but weEve coming on a tour
%. *h dear. 0eEs always working.
yor": G V a" O is O are V always O constantly O V j in
teanin: ssu translation
Cse: bi[u thk s< ph,n n,n, b<c "Bnh hay t^c i_n
&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab.
& /o eercises I,N 1B
% Prepare spea# ' 2f I,N
2riday8 <arch 16
th
8 2I13
Unit 12 : a vacation abroad
Perio 76 $%ea# B !angage focs 182
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1(4
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about
their plans for a trip abroad.
& Teachin aids : indi+idual, pairs and roups.
G Pro)edure:
: Warm %:
<atching.
F B
1. depart #+) a. -cn
2. arri+e #+) b. kh? r6o
3. dry #ad*) c. p" 6p
4. war" #ad*) d. c3 "Ay
5. cloudy #ad*) e. khdi h,nh
6. facility #n) f. c3 i3
(. windy #ad*) . s< thu_n tign
:e$/ 1- e 2- a 3- b ' - ) 5- d -- g O- f
: Pre teach vocab!ary:
& itinerary #n) : l1 trBnh
& iht #n) : chuycn bay
& brochure #n) : tf r]i, IuYn c6o # du lkch )
& "inus #ad*) : p" 6p
& hu"id #ad*) : " 7t
& +ia #prep) : b:n O Iua -fn
: "hec#ing: R. A. R
I. Pre s%ea#ing:
tatchin.
Ghow the tables '.113O114 on the board and ask ss to "atch the"
with titles.
1. etinerary
2. iht infor"ation
3. Motel ad+ertise"ent
4. Tra+el brochure
II. Whi!e s%ea#ing:
1. Luestions/
+ 0ow many 6ights a week can you take from @os Bngeles to Boston
,
+ )hich 6ight can you take everyday of the week,
+ )hich of the hotel is cheaper ,
+ 0ow much is a double room in revere 0otel ,
+ 0ow about the tlantic 0otel ,
+ )here can you visit ,
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1(5
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

". apped dialogue:
Where shall we stay b
The Ke+ere Motel is e%pensi+e but it
has a y"
Where should we +isit b
e think we should +isit Ma+ard
tedical school, the tuseun and Frts
!allery.
What ti"e should we
lea+e los Fneles b
Thereus a daily iht at 1` a", would
that be ok b
III. Post s%ea#ing:
0ransformation.
Fsk ss to "ake a plan for their co"in su""er holiday by xllin the
infor"ation in their itinerary
& $epart:
& Frri+e: ...
& Fcco"odationRRRR.
& Gihtseein: .
Langage focs
Ba was taking ashower at A oclok last night
&hey were sleeping when / came
2orm G Vwas O were Vj in
Use : the past continous tense
& $ijn t= hBnh <mng <ang =y ra ti mmt th6i <iym `c <pnh trong 8u` #hU
&when dijn t= hBnh <mng <ang dijn ra tho c^ hBnh <mng #h`c chen vBo
&while dijn t= hai hBnh <mng c?ng song song y ra trong 8u` #hU
Practice
Cse the pictures in e%ercises 1,2 to "ake sentenses
S$ 0oa was eating at A oclok
S" )hile 0oa was eating! the phone rang
G3 when Uan arri+ed at school , the school dru" was soundin
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1(6
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& $o e%ereise 3 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: listen
Sunday! arch
$9
th
! "#$'.
Unit 12 : a vacation abroad
Perio 75!esson 3:Listen B L2 3
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice
in listenin to the weather forecast for infor"ation about the
weather in bi cities in the world.
& Teachin aids : tape, cassette.
& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %: >rainstorming
sunny wet dry
snowy adEe)tives related to cool
rainy the 3eather fore)ast war"
hu"id xne hot cloudy
!o thouh the "eanin of the words and ha+e ss copy
: &ocab!ary:
<atching.
1. hu"id #ad*) a. -1
2. "inus #ad*) b. p"
3. deree c. "^c cao
4. centirade d. "^c thpp
5. hih #ad*) e. " 7t
6. low #ad*) f.
`
E
(. te"perature . c3 tuyct
T. snowy h. nhigt -1
1& e 2& b 3& c 4& a 5& f 6& d (& h T&
Fsk ss to read the low O hih te"perature: & 5
`
E O `
`
E O 22
`
E
I. Pre L !istening:
Fsk ss so"e Iuestions
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1((
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

1. Ma+e you e+er listened to the weather forecast on Tj or on
the radio b
2. What does it often tell you about b
# weather and te"perature )
3. $o you think itus necessary to listen to the weather forecast b
Why b O why not b
II. Whi!e L !istening:
'ut the ap xll table on the board.
& Ma+e ss copy in their notebooks
Eity Weather Uow Mih
1. Gydney
2. Tokyo
3. Uondon
4. Bankok
5. DewNork
6. 'aris
$ry, windy
$ry, windy
Mu"id, cold
War", dry
Windy,
cloud
y
Eool, dry
2`
15
&3
24
T
1`
26
22
(
32
15
16
Ma+e ss to listen to the weather forecast about the cities in the table.
Gs xll in the aps with the infor"ation they hear.
III. Post !istening:Kole play
Ma+e ss ask and answer the Iuestions about the weather and
te"perature usin the infor"ation in the table.
+ @an: )hatEs weather like in Sydney today ,
+ 4am: /t will be dry and windy
+ @an: 0ow about the temperature ,
+ 4am: &he low will be "# and the high "8 degrees
T "odels & ss listen
T & ss
Gs & ss
pen & close pairs
# Fsk ss to de"onstrate the e%chanes )
Langage focs 3
Uou are a,2ay- 2or0ing
Eorm C S : be : a,2ay-1O constantly 2 forever : =ing
O-e C &h[n n[n 3\ th]i Iuen .^a ai _]
e)ercise 3 P.12I.
Ba is always forgetting to do his homework.
rs 4ga is always losing her umbrella.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1(T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

r and rs &hanh are always missing the bus
4am is always watching &F
4a is always talking on the phone
@iem is always going out.
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart all the words about the weather
& $o e%ercise 4 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: Kead.

Sunday, *ar.h "7
th
, !"9
Perio! ;;: 9E+9 REVIEW
F. Aims: By the end of this lesson, students will be able to realiYe their
mista#ea and remember the leart words and structures of units M S II.
". .ontent:
I. Remarking t#e res%&t:
!ost of the students did the test well, the remembered the learnt words and grammar
perfectly. "ome of them got mar#s nine and ten: /ung, La Trang, Thao
"ome laYy students didn-t wor# hard, so their result was bad. A Anh, T Anh, [ 2inh
got low mar#s.
Ecellent grades: NK
7ood grades: IK
Eomal grades: gg
Bad grades: Ig
II. ?e's:
<o1. 0 [hoose the word that has underlined part pronounced differetly from the rest:
I. A N. [ Z. B O. [
00. [hoose the best option:
I. / N. A Z. B. O. [
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1(Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

g. B J. / c. B 8. B
000. "upply the past and past participle form of the verbs:
I. ta#e S too# S ta#en N. see S saw S seen
Z. write S wrote written O. spea# S spo#e S spo#en
0). 7ive the correct fom of the verbs:
I. have watched N. playing Z. to do O. came
). Xewrite the sentences using the words given:
I. A new bi#e will be bought by me net wee#.
N. The floor is cleaned by him everyday.
Z. 1ould you mind if 0 borrowed your bi#e.
O. 1ill the party be held on "aturday evening.
<o* . 0 [hoose the word that has underlined part pronounced differetly from the rest:
I. A N. / Z. [ O. [
00. [hoose the best option:
I. / N. B Z.[ O. [
g. [ J. A c. B 8. [
000. "upply the past and past participle form of the verbs:
I. write S wrote S written N. brea# S bro#e S bro#en
Z. give S gave S given O. sing S sang S sung
0). 7ive the correct fom of the verbs:
I. have lived N. written Z. emptying O. are raised.
). Xewrite the sentences using the words given:
I. A letter will be sent to my penpal net wee#end
N. NK ca#es are made everyday
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1T`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Z. 1ould you mind if 0 borrowed your bi#e.
O. 1ill the party be held on "aturday evening.
)0.
I,They traveled there by car.
N, They left their car in a street near a canal.
Z, They went sightseeing.
O, Eo, they didn-t
III. Remin t#e &earnt str%ct%res:
I. The passive voice: NK ca#es are mae everyday
A letter wi&& $e sent to my penpal net wee#end
N. /o*1ould you mind ' )ing: 1ould you mind em,t'ing the waste bas#et for me .
1ould you mind ' 0f 0 ' )&past( : 1ould you mind if 0 sat here .
/o you mind ' 0f 0 ' )&present(: /o you mind 0f 0 o,en the door .
Z.)%ing and )%pp: The student &istening to music is 2an
The food ke,t in the refrigerator is very stale
O. 0n order to* so as to: "he arrived early in orer to get good seat.
+o as not to catch a cold , 0 often wear warm clothes
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1T1
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1T2
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&hursday! arch "$
st
! "#$'.
Unit 12 : a vacation abroad
Perio 7/ Read
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to obtain
so"e knowlede about so"e scenic sports in the CGF.
& Teachin aids : posters, pictures.
& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %: Ghark attark G*S&DBWD
I. Pre L reading:
1. Vo)abular$/
la+a #n) : nha" th0ch #trans.)
wharf #n) : bcn cYn, bcn t,u #+isual)
prison #n) : nh, t #e%pla.)
+alley #n) : thun ln #trans.)
car+e #+) : khnc ch0" #"i"e)
+olcano #n) : nii la #+isual)
"hec#ing: : bingo.
2. T>0 statements/
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1T3
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

a. rs Vuyen took a bus to Kilauea Folcano
b. &he famous prison is near the island of BlcatraP
c. &he head of four Bmerican presidents are carved in to the wall
d. Dhicago is called S &he )indy Dity S
e.)hile her husband was visiting the Statue of @iberty! rs Vuyen !
went shopping
Do a b c d P
!uess
Eorrect y y y T y
II. Whi!e L reading:
1. 1
st
readin for checkin TOy state"ents
2. 2
nd
readin for "atchin.
F B
1, o+er head a, -Yo
2, wine rowin area b, Iu, lu nig"
3, esland #n) c, bf
4, Gou+enir #n) d, trsn -9u
5, liberty #n) e, +n tr.n nho # sYn %upt rXu )
6, #to) be situated f, phun, chYy ra
(, #to) pour out , -Xc -5t, n", %Ay d<n
T, shore #n) h, s< t< do
HPN:
1& d 5& h
2& e 6&
3& a (& f
4& b T& c
3. 4rid.
Pla)e #hat she did and sa3
a. Mawaii went swi""in, +isited Hilawea joliano
b. Dew Nork went shoppin, bouht lost of sou+enirs,
+isited the statue of liberty, the
P"pire state buildin
c. Ehicao saw lake tichian, went siht seein
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1T4
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

d. tount
Kush"ore
saw the heads of 4 F"erican presidents
e. Gan yrancisco +isited yisher"anus wharf, the Dapa +alley
and the prison on the island of
alatra
III. Post reading:
"om%rehension -estions ' !c#y nmbers +
1Oa 2Ob 3OUD
4Oc 5Od 6OUD (Oe
Hey: a. Ghe went to Hilauea jolcano by a s"all plane
b. Ghe saw the fa"ous prison on the island of Flatra
c. The heads of 4 F"erican presidents are car+ed in to the
rock and it can be seen fro" "ore than 1`` k" away
d. et is called the windy city
e. Ghe went shoppin.
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab.
& $o e%ercise 1, 2 in WB
& 'repare C
12
: write.
Thu-day, *ar.h 8
th
, "#$'.
Unit 12 : a vacation abroad
Perio 7G : Write
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write post
cards to their friends about the trip.
& Teachin aids : poster.
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %: Mestions
+ Do you often go on holiday ,
+ Do you send a postcard to your friends or relatives ,
+ )hat do you write in your postcard ,
& Cse a postcard and ask: What is this b
I. Pre L ,riting:
1. Pre tea)h vo)abular$/
& relati+e #n) : nfi ho h,n, anh e" #e%pla.) O e%a"ple
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1T5
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& hea+iness #n) : n5n, s^c n5n #the D of hea+y )
& suitcase #n) : +a li #+isual)
& hospitable #ad*) : "cn kh6ch, hicu kh6ch #trans.)
& #to) co"plain : ph,n n,n, than phi@n #situa.)
"hec#ing : What and ,here
2. Ka+ Nll/
+ Qrom the XSB rs Vuyen sent a postcard to her friend Sally to tell
her about the trip.
& Fsk ss to look at the postcard on '.11T and co"plete the aps with
the appropriate words. # work in pairs )
Ans,er #ey:
1& in
2& people
3& weather
4& +isited
5& her
6& nice O lo+ely
(& bouht
T& for
Z& hea+iness
1`& soon
3. 4rid:
Write the topic on the board.
enfor"ation needed to write a post card
: Mestions:
Where do you o b Weure ha+in a wonderful ti"e in
R
Mow do you feel about
the people
there b
The people are R
Whatus the weather
like b
The weather has been R. and R
Who did you "eet b e +isited R. and R
What did you see b e saw R..
What did you buy b e bouht R.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1T6
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

II. Whi!e L ,riting:
& e"aine you are a tourist on +acation in a certain place O city
in jietna".
& Write a postcard to a friend about your trip, usin the
infor"ation in the rid.
& Tell ss to write the postcard on a piece of paper
& tonitors and asks ss to write their writin.
III. Post L ,riting:
()hibition
& Eall on so"e ss to the front of the class and ask the" to read
their postcards to the whole class.
& !i+e feedback and correct.
& #ef ss ha+e enouh ti"e, ask the" to decorate their postcards
with owers, colors, RRRR..)
& i+e "arks.
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab.
& Write a post card in your notebook
& $o e%ercise ( in WB #'.(5)
& 'repare new lesson: unit 13
Thurs!a'8 9arch 2<
th
8 2:13.
Unit 13 : 2estiva!s
Perio /I : 4etting started L Listen and read.
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice
readin the dialoue and know "ore co"pound words.
& Teachin aids : posters.
& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure:
I. Warm %:
# ettin started )
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1T(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Brainstor"
# diSerent festi+als in jietna" or the world on the board)
Maloween Ehoi Trau
festi+als
rice& cookin
$. &om likes swimming and sunbathing +U where should he go ,
". David is interested in ancient cities +U J
'. 0uc kleberry likes mountain climlbing +U J
%. *liver is keen on pottery ( >g ghm )
7. Wobinson is fond of crowded places J
II.Listen and read:
1. Vo)abular$/
#to) fetch : -i lpy # sy". )
#to) yell : la ht # "i"e. )
#to) ure : thic ilc # trans. )
#to) rub : ch,, co %6t # "i"e. )
#to) participate : tha" ia # sy"L *oin )
husk #n) : +r trpu # trans. )
co"petition #n): cu1c thi # trans. )
"hec#ing : R. A. R
2. !eading/
Tell the students that they are oin to read about a rice cookin
festi+al, and this festi+al has 3 co"petitions: water fetchin,
xre "akin and rice & cookin
'ut si% sentences on the board. Two sentences relate to each
co"petition.
: 4essing:
a. Wubbing pieces of bamboo together
b. &hereEs a river about one kilomoter away.
c. /t is made in the traditional way
d. &he most delicious one is the winner
e. Iach runer must take a bottle
f. &he teams remove the husk
:E;/
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1TT
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

a > ) PC Nre ma,ing b > e PC 3ater fet)hing d > f PC
ri)e )oo,ing
3. Listening:
& Fsk ss to listen to the dialoue
& Fllow ss to read it silently for a period of ti"e
& ss correct their predictions.
: Pt the N fa!se O sentences on the board.
a. &wo(one) tram members take part in the water fetching
competition
b. &he .re is made with matches ( by rubbing bamboo together )
c. /n the .re O making competition! the winners are the team with
the biggest .re +U the .rst ones to make a .re
d. /n the rice cooking competition! the team members taste the rice
(the judges)
e. /n the water. Qetching competition! each runner must take four
bottles of water (one).
J Fll the sentences abo+e are false. Gs work in pairs and correct
the" . Fsk so"e ss to co"e to the board and write the
corrected sentences.III. Presentation com%ond ,ords:
Gs look at e%ercise 3 in Uanuee focus and underline the parts
which can be "ade into a co"pound word
a. ma,e > Nre PC Nre M ma,ing
b. bulls > Nght PC bull M Nghting
). industr$ > ma,es > )ars PC )ar M ma,ing
industr$
d. arranged > Qo3ers PC Qo3er - arranging
e. ex+orts > ri)e PC ri)e M ex+orting
f. 3ash > )lother PC 3ashing ma)hine
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ercise 3,5,6 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: Cnit 13: speak

Sunday! arch
'$st
! "#$'
Unit 13 : 2estiva!s
Perio /1: $%ea#
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1TZ
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice
speakin about so"e festi+als and listen for details.
& Teachin aids : poster.
G. Pro)edure:
F #arm u+/
writeO send Dew year Eards
to friendsO relati+es
etO buy new dress,R..
things yo often %re%are for 0et
decorateO clean O paint the house "ake
cakes, cook
the roo"O the yard R.. the
foodR
buy cakes, candies,
drinks, fruit, foodR
I. &ocab!ary:
po"eranate #n): Iqa l<u #+isual)
peach blosso"s #n): hoa -,o #+isual)
"ariold #n): cic +0n tho #+isual)
dried water "elon seeds #n): h0t da hpu ran #realia)
spin rolls #n): chY d #trans.)
#to) tidy: lau chi #"i"e)
"hec#ing: s!a% on board.
II. $%ea#ing:
1. Pre-s+ea,ing/
Fsk ss to read the dialoue on '.123 and put the sentences in the
correct oder.
Hey: F &z y &z E &z M &z $ &z &z B &z ! &z P &ze.
2. #hile-s+ea,ing/
Work in pairs to pratice speakin the dialoue.
#open&close pairs)
3. Post s+ea,ing/
Fsk ss to choose one of the festi+als #'.123) and "ake up their own
dialoue: a school festi+al.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1Z`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Plicit fro" ss:
Uan Moa
sendOletters of in+itation
NesOwhereOo
depart"ent stoneObuyOcolorful
What for b
WeOdecorateOroo"
thereOanythinO"eOdoOwhileOout
wantOtidyOroo"Oarrane OowersO+ases
{z @an: 0ave you sent the letter of invitation yet,
0oa: ;es! / have. )here are you going,
@an: &o the department store to buy some colorful papers
0oa: )hat for,
@an: )eEll decorate the room.
0oa: /s there anything you want me to do while youEre out,
@an: / want you to tidy the room and arrange the 6owers in vases
Gtudents practice in chorus and then in pairs
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ereise ( on pae T2 in Workbook
& 'repare new lesson: Uisten.
&hursday! Bpril %
th
! "#$'
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1Z1
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Unit 13 : 2estiva!s
Perio /2 : Listen
A.Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice
listenin for details about the preparations the Kobinson
"ake for Tet
& Teachin aids : poster.
III. "ontent :
1. Warm % : Words-are

=o,er 8 ca#e 8 0et 8 he!% 8
decorate 8 ne, 8 !c#y money 8
coo# 8 visit 8 c!ean

2. Pre*!istening: '4a% @!!
%rediction+
The Kobinson fa"ily is "akin
preparetions for Tet. They
want to buy thins to "ake it
a traditional festi+al as
jietna"ese people do.
Fsk ss to open the book and read the state"ents on pae 124
!et ss to predict the words in the aps.
a2 rs Wobinson wants JJJJJJ. to go to the JJJJJJJJ
b2 rs robinson wants some marigolds because they are
JJJJJJat &et
c2 rs Wobinson wants @iP to buy a packet of JJJJJJJJ.
d2 rs Wobinson is asking rs 4ga how to JJJJJJJspring
rolls
2. #hile M listening/
a. As# ss to !isten and @!! in the ga%s.
a. tr Kobinson O ower "arket c. dried water "alon seeds
b. traditional d. "ake
b. 4rid
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
0 *
7
3 e r $ T
. a # e . $ $ E
o d E )
7
! 2 T
o * V " " T E
#
5

6
E * P
<
L
0 . l e a n P P
R : & 3 ; 4 9 D
S ;
<

7

&
E ; &
1Z2
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Fnswer key
Thins to do.
3.
Post listening : WKeTeD!

Write about your Tet holiday :
What you bouht O did : decorate house , owers R.
Where you went : country side R.
Who you +isited : your relati+es , friends , teacher R..
What you ot : new clothes , lucky "oney R.
Ffter writin students read their writin in front of the class . Teacher
and students correct
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ereise ( on pae T2 in Workbook
& 'repare new lesson: Kead.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
r
Wobi
nson
go to the 6ower market to buy peach
blossoms and a bunch of marigolds
rs
Wobi
nson
go to rs. 4gaEs to learn how to make spring
rolls
@iP go to the market to buy candies and a packet
of dried water melon seeds.
1Z3
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Qriday! Bpril 7
th
!"#$'
Unit 13 : 2estiva!s
Perio /3 Read.
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to et so"e
knowlede about Ehrist"as in "any countries around the
world
& Teachin aids: picture, and board.
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %: Ghark attack.
" . R I $ 0 < A $
)hat do you often do on Dhristmas,
)here do you go on Dhristmas Ive,
I. Pre reading:
1. Pre tea)h vo)abular$/
#to) spead: trYi d,i ra #trans.)
#to) decorate: tran ho,n #situa.)
desin #nO+) bYn thict kcO thict kc #e%pla)
Ehrist"as carol #n): b,i th6nh ca noel #e%pla)
'atron saint #n): th6nh bYo h1O- -9u #trans.)
olly #ad*) +ui nh1n #sy")
Ganta Elaus ?n i, n?en #+isual)
"hec#ing: What and ,here.
2. Predi)tion:
Gs uess the table
Dhristmas
specials
place of origin date
Ehrist"as tree
Ehrist"as card
Ehrist"as carol
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1Z4
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Ganta Elaus
II. Whi!e L reading:
$. Dhecking: Gs read the te%t and check their prediction
T and ss correct
Dhristmas
specials
place of origin Date
Ehrist"as tree Kia early 15``G
Ehrist"as card Pnland "id&1Z
th
century
Ehrist"as carol #Do.e) T`` years ao
Ganta Elaus CGF 1T23
2. <at)hing:
F B
1. tradition #n) a. l2nh -0o
2. leader #n) b. %upt hign
3. #to) appear c. truy@n thmn
4. professor #n) h. d<a +,o
5. poe" e. b,i th]
6. #to) base on f. s< "isu tY
(. description #n) . i6o s
Ans,er #ey:
1& c 2& a 3& b 4&
5& e 6& h (& f
'. Domprehension O Yuestions.
#lucky nu"bers)
a. &he Dhristmas tree came to the XSB in the $A##S! (about %##
years)
b. Because he wanted to send his friendsE greetings on Dhristmas
day
c. Dhristmas songs .rst performed in towns and villages
d. Dlement Dlarke oore! and Bmerica professor! mote the poem S B
visit from Saint 4icholas T
e.Santa claus is based on the description of Saint 4icholas in this
poem.
11a 2LD 31c 41e
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1Z5
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

6LD 51b 71d /LD
III. Post reading:
'4a% @!!+
*n Dhristmas day! some people decorate their house and christmas
tree. *n this day! the children often send christmas card to their
friends. Iveryone goes to the church and sings christmas card. *n
christmas Ive! santa clause! who wears a read suit! gives children
presents.
I&. .ome,or#:
Uearn by heart +ocab.
$o e%ereise T on pae T2 in WB
'repare: Write
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1Z6
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Gunday, Fprid (
th
, 2`13 .
Unit 13 : 2estiva!s
Perio /4 Write
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice
in writin a report on a festi+al they ha+e *oined.
& Teachin aids: posters.
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm % :
xre "akin
The rice cookin festi+als
water fetchin co"petition
I. Pre*,riting:
1. Pre teea)h vo)abular$:
& report #n): bYn b6o c6o, tfn thu_t #e%pla.)
& contest #n): cu1c thi #sy")
& rand prie #n): iYi nhpt #situa)
& #to) hold: t\ ch^c, c9", i #trans.)
& #to) oranie : t\ ch^c #sy")
& point #n) -i[" #trans.)
"hec#ing: >ingo
2. Ka+ Nll:
Fsk ss to use the infor"ation in the dialoue '.121 to xll in the aps
in the report on pae 12(.
Ans,er #ey:
1. rice cookin 2. one O a
3. water fetchin 4. went
5. water 6. traditional
(. ba"boo T. si%
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1Z(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Z. separate 1`. added.
3. .om+rehension 4uestions/
a.)hat is the name of the festival ,
b.)here was the festival held,
c.0ow long did the festival last ,
d.0ow many adivities were there, )ere there any competitions,
e.0ow were the activities organiPed ,
f.0ow many people took part in each activitiy ,
g.)hat do you think about the festival ,
Ans,er #ey:
a. /t is a rice cooking festival
b. /t was held in Bac4inh
c. &he festival lasted one day
d. &here are ' competitions
e. Si5
f. )onderful
II. Whi!e L ,riting:
Mestions and ans,ers
Fsk ss to write a si"ilar report on a festi+al theyu+e *oined recently.
Ma+e ss look at the Iuestion '.12(
Bein with:
S &his report show how to J. T
III. Post ,riting: $hare and com%are
& Fsk ss to share their work with their class"ates
& Ma+e so"e ss read their work and write it on the board
& T checks and corrects
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ereise Z in WB
& 'repare new lesson: Uanuae focus.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1ZT
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Thursday, Fpril 11
th
, 2`13.

Unit 13 : 2estiva!s
Perio /6 Langage focs 18284
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to re+iew
the passi+e for" and the reported speech to practice doin
e%ercises.
& Teachin aids: posters, cards
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %:
#pel"anis") inxniti+e past participle
1 2 3 4 5 6 (
put write hold "ake perfor" award
decorate
a b c d e f
held put "ade written awarded decorated
perfor"ed
I. Langage focs 1:
1. !evision:
.hange senten)es into the +assive forms as 4i),l$ as
+ossible.
$. rs 0a teaches Inglish
". 0e asked a lot of Yuestions this morning
'. She will do her homework tonight
%. / has cleaned my car tonight
3ey:
$. Inglish is taught by rs 0a
". B lot of Yuestions were asked this morning
'. 0er homework will be held tonight
%. y car has been cleaned tonight.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
1ZZ
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2. Pra)ti)e:
Fsk ss to do e%ercise Uanuae focus 1 on pae 12T
Ans,er #ey:
a. were performed d. will be held
b. was decorated2put e. was awarded
c. is made f. was written

T i+es feedback.
II. Langage focs 2:
Fsk ss to workin pairs to do e%ercise Uy 2.
HPN: 1.*u"bled 3. broken 5. pulled
2. broken 4. slattered
& Eheck and correct the answers
& Eall on so"e ss to read aboud the dialoue
III. Langage focs 4:
1. Presentation/
& Get the scence.
;esterday! @anEs grand mother! rs thu! needed a plumber
B man came to her door and said S /Em plumber T
0e said he was a plumber
The way to chane the direct speech into indirect speech
Transfor"in direct speech into indirect speech, we ha+e to chane :
person, tense, ti"e and place words.
2. Pra)ti)e/
Fsk ss to do e%ercise Uanuae focus 4
# Transfor"ation drill )
HPN:
& Me said he was a plu"ber.
& Me said he could x% the faucets
& Me said the pipes were broken
& Me said new pipes were +ery e%pensi+e
& Me said e had to pay hi" now.
J i+e feedback
I&. .ome,or#:
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2``
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& $o e%ercise 1, 2, 4 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: C14: ettin started listen and read
2riday8 A%ri!
12th8 2I13.
Unit 14 : WAD9(R$ A2 0.( WARL9
Perio /5 : 4etting started L !isten and read.
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to seek
infor"ation about a lanuae a"e to co"plete a su""ary.
& Teachin aids: pictures, post card.
G. Pro)edure:
I. Warm %:
1. "hatting
0ow many wonders of the world do you know ,
)hat are they ,
+ &he Creat )all of Dhina
+ &win &ower
+ &he Colden Cate Bridge
+ IiNel &ower
2. Ma+e ss look at 3 pictures at '.131 and ask
)hat is this ,
)here is this ,
&z Ma+e ss "atch pictures to the words
Pa- The P$ramids
Pb- $dne$ 7+era 6ouse
P)- tonehenge
II. Pre teach vocab!ary:
clue #n): "anh "mi, Xi a #trans.)
the olden ate bride #'.n): ki" "?n ki@u #picture)
the statue of liberty #'.n): tXn n th9n t< do #picture)
'yra"id #n): ki" t< th6p #picture)
#to) uess: -o6n #trans.)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2`1
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

xnd out : tom ra #trans.)
"hec#ing: bingo.
III. Listen and read.
1.$et the scence:
Moa Dhi
2. Listen:
Fsk ss to listen to the tape # twice)
3. Read:
& Fsk ss to read the dialoue in pairs
& Eall so"e pairs to read the dialoue aloud.
4a% @!!:
2ns3er ,e$.
$.game 7. Bmerican
".place 8. golden
'.clue 9. right
%.Fietnam A. was
#Ma+e ss xll in the blanks #P%2 on '.132)
I&. 4rammar :
1. Plicit the taret lanuae by askin ss a Iuestion
todel sentences:
/ donEt know how to play it
yor": j V Iuestion word V to inf
teanin: ssu translation
Cse: d0n rit on cqa cAu hri i6n ticp
2. Practice:
1. e O know O how O use the co"puter &z e donut know how to use the
co"puter
2. Ghe O know O what O buy for dinner
3. We O know O where O o in the afternoon
4. e O ad+ise O where O +isit in the su""er
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2`2
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ercise 6 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: Cnit 14: Gpeak
Sunday! Bpril
$%
th
! "#$'.
Unit 14 : WAD9(R$ A2 0.( WARL9
Perio /7: $%ea#
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to "ake a
report on fa"ous places usin reported speech.
& Teachin aids: posters.
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %:
# who is the fastest )
& enfor" the topic and ti"e li"it
&z write 6 fa"ous world places within 2 "inutes
I. Pre L s%ea#ing:
<atching
A >
1. tount P+erest a. et is 3`` "eters hih. etus in
yrance
2. Bi Ben b.et is in Gouth Eentral Fsia, T.T4T
"etres hiht abo+e sea
le+el
3. 'hon Dha ca+e c. et is the fa"ous place in Ehina
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2`3
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

4. P"pire state buildin CGF d. et is a skyscraper in Dew york
Eity
5. PiSel Tower e. et is a fa"ous place in }uan
Binh pro+ince
6. !reat Wall of Ehina f. et is the biest clock in
Uondon.
J Eheck the answer of ss about their "atchin
II. Whi!e s%ea#ing:
}uestion and answer $rill.
Fsk ss to write yesODo Iuestions about 1` places in the bo%, usin
the infor"ation in the "atchin:
a. 0ave they just built the IiNel &ower in Garis ,
b. /s the Impire state building located in 4ew ;ork city ,
c. Bre the Getronas twin towers located in alaysia ,
d. /s the Creat Barrier reef in Bustralia ,
e. 0ave you ever seen ount Wush more ,
f. /s ount Iverest in 4epal ,
III. Post s%ea#ing:
4rammar.
&: /s 0ue citadel in Dentral Fietnam ,
@an: ;es! it is
+U &: / asked @an if 0ue citadel was in Dentral Fiet nam
She said ( that ) it was.
/ asked @an {z "ain clause
/f 0ue citadel was in Dentral Fiet nam {z endirect NesODo Iuestion
: "once%t chec#:
endirect NOD Iuestions
2orm: G1 V j1 V V ifOwhether V G2 V j2
To say &z to ask O want to know
teanin: ssu translation
Use: Hhi -\i cAu hri NOD san i6n ticp, chin ta th<c hign c6c b7c
sau:
& $n -1n t ask d "gnh -@ tfn thu_t.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2`4
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& Ths" t ef O whether sau n3.
& -\i thB, n?i, +, t theo Iuy tnc.
& Br dpu hri cumi cAu.
J Cse the Iuestions in while speakin to chane in to the indirect
Iuestions. # work in pairs )
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab: The fa"ous places
& $o e%ercise 3,4 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: Uisten.
Sunday! Bpril
$%
th
! "#$'.
Unit 14 : WAD9(R$ A2 0.( WARL9
Perio // : Listen.
A.Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to listen the
ad+ertise"ent to correct the "istakes.
& Teachin aids: pictureO tapeO cassette.
>. Procedre:
F #arm u+/
$. Wevision.
0est 1IQ
Dhange the Yuestion in to the indirect Yuestions:
$. &he man said to her SDan you play the piano,T
+ &he man JJ..
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2`5
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

". &he mother said to him S Bre you willing to help your friends
now ,T
+ &he mother JJ
'. &he doctor said to the patient SDo you feel better here ,T
+ &he doctor JJ..
%. &he son said to the father S)ill you come here every weekend!
dad ,T
+ &he son JJ
7. &he teacher said to the students SBre you ready for tomorrow ,T
+ &he teacher JJ
". Dhatting:
Fsk ss to look at # the picture copied fro" '.133 )
What is this b the beach
The "ountain
Where are they b
F Vo)abular$:
1. rela%in #ad*) a. b]i l5n c3 s dln mn thd
2. Erystal clear #ad*) b. cAy co
3. coral #n) c. th iYn
4. #to) snorkel d. tr6i da
5. coconut #n) e. tron sumt # nh pha ls )
6. pal" #n) . san h?
c. Gungle &n( h. r}ng nhint <9i
"hec#ing : What and ,here
HPN:
1& c 3& e 5& d
2& d 4& a 6& b
I. Pre L !istening:
Cnderline the four "istakes in the ad+ertise"ent and ask ss to
uess the answer to correct.
1& Gouthern
2& enn
3& *unle
4& 6T24
"". #hile listening/
Ma+e ss listen to the tape and correct their "istakes.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2`6
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

0a%e cri%t:
@ook no further than beautiful far north Vueensland. Stay right on
the beach at the
Doconut Galm 6otel. &ake guided tours through the rainfore st!
swim in the crystal+ clear
water of the Doral Sea and snorkel amongst the coral of the Creat
Barrier Weef arine
Gark! a world 0eritage site call (#99) -92'. '("9 for more
information.
""". Post listening:
4rammar:
$. @an asked me S Do learners learn words in the same way ,T
JJJJJJJ.if learners learnt words JJJJJ..
". S )hy do some learners write e5ample sentences with new
words ,T
@an asked me why some learners wrote e5ample JJJJ
Wh L -estions in indirect s%eech.
G
1
V Fsked O wanted to know V
1
V Wh word V G
2
V j
2
V
`
2
What
When
Where
RR..
: .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocabulary
& $o e%ercise 1, 2 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: Kead.
Sunday! Bpril
"$st! "#$'.
Unit 14 : WAD9(R$ A2 0.( WARL9
Perio D@ : Read.
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to et so"e
knowlede about the wonders of the world.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2`(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& Teachin aids: pictures, post cards.
& Fnticipated proble"s:
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %:
' ;mb!ed ,ords. +
aocrl &z coral
asrcytl alcer &z crystal clear
ernsokl &z snorkel
iaerl%n &z rela%in
I. Pre L reading:
1. Pre teach vocab!ary
#to) co"pile: bisn so0n, t_p hXp #trans.)
#to) clai": khn -knh #situa.)
#to) honor #n): t?n k/nhOdanh d< #e%pla)
od #"ale): +k th9n #e%pla)
odness #fe"ale): n th9n #e%a"ple)
reliion #n): t?n i6o #trans.)
royal #ad*) thu1c +@ ho,n ia #trans.)
"hec#ing: R.A.R
2. 0re L fa!se statements
a. Bn Igyptian man compiled a list of what he thought were the
seven wonders of the world.
b. &he only surviving wonder is the pyramid of cheeps in Igypt
c. &oday! we can still see the 0anging Cardens of Babylon in present
day /raY
d. Bngkor wat was originally built to honor a 0indu Cod
e. &he Creat wall of Dhina .rst wasnEt in the list of the seven
wonders of the world.
f. /n the early Bngkor )at as the new Dapital.
"". #hile M reading:
Eheckin their uessin the TOy state"ents
1.Ans,er #ey:
1O yalse: F !reek "an na"ed Fntipater didit
3O yalse: The only sur+i+in wonder is the pyra"id of cheeps in Pypt
6O yalse: en the early 15
th
century, the Hhu"er Hin chose 'hno"
'enh as the new capital.
2.<!ti%!e choice: Kead aain the te%t and choose F, B, E or $
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2`T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

* Ans,er #ey:
a- . the P$ramid of .heo+s
b- 2 6indus
)- 8 3as +art of a ro$al :hHmer )it$ long time ago
d- G Phnom Penh as the ne3 )a+ital
3. Mestions:
a. )hereEs 0anging Cardens of Baby lon, /raY
b. )hich wonder can you see today, Gyramid
c. /s the statue of ieus in Bmerica, 4o! in Creece
d. )hich temple is the largest in the world, Bngkor )at
e. )hat happened in the early $7
th
century, &he KhEmer ales
moved
f. /s &aj ahal in /ndia, to Ghnom Genh and
+ ;es! it is Bngkor )at
III. Post L reading:
'4rid+
Wonders of the ,or!d "ontry
1. Manin ardens of Babylon eraI
2. The statue of eus !reece
3. 'yra"id of Eheop Pypt
4. !reat wall Ehina
5. The Ta* tahal endia
6. Fnkor Wat Eo"bodia
"V. 6ome3or,:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ercise ( in WB
& 'repare new lesson: Write.
Sunday! Bpril
"$st! "#$'.
Unit 14 : WAD9(R$ A2 0.( WARL9
Perio @A : Write.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2`Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

A.Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a
letter to a friend about a place they ha+ee +isited.
& Teachin aids: pictureO posters
>. Procedre:
: Warm %:
# uessin a"es. )
Cse yesODo Iuestions to uess the worders
& PiSel tower
& 'hon Dha ca+e
& Fnkor Wat
& !reat wall
& 'yra"id
& Gtatue of eus
I. Pre L ,riting:
1. Pre teach vocab!ary:
raner #n): nhAn +isn phl tr6ch khu bYo t.n thisn nhisn,
ki[" lA"
Pde #n): ria, "p #+isual)
Eanyon #n): h>", khe nii #+isual)
Gtone Fe #n): thfi -0i -. -6 #trans.)
Breath takin #ad*): la thi, h.i h1p #sy": e%citin)
Te"perate #ad*): c3 chn "<c, ?n ho, #kh/ h_u) #trans.)
"hec#ing: $!a% on board.
2. Ka+ Nll/
& Fsk ss to read the letter Ti" sent to Moa about his trip to the rand
Eanyon on pae 135.
& Tell ss to co"plete the letter byap xllin the letters of the "issin
sentences.
Fnswer key:
1 L " 2 L > 3 L 9 4 L A
3. Luestionaine.
a. )here have you retuned from,
b. 0ow far is it from your house to Shis place,
c. 0ow did you get there,
d. )hat did you visit,
e. 0ow are the sights,
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
21`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

f. )hat was the weather like,
g. 0ow did you feel,
II. Whi!e L reading:
1. Krids
#Based on the Iuestionaire)
Pla)e :
8istan)e from
here
:
6o3 to get
there
:
#hat $ou visit :
ights :
#eather :
6o3 $ou feel :
2. #rite it u+:
T asks ss to write a letter to their friends usin the rids
Ig: archJ.! "##7
DearJ.H
0ow are you,
/Eve just returned fromJ
III. Post ,riting:
# share and co"pare )
ss share their letters with their class"ate.
Gs co"pare and correct
I&. .ome,or#:
Uearn by +ocab
$o e%ercise
'repare new lesson: Uanuae focus
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
211
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

$nday8
A%ri! 23
rd
8 2I13.
Unit 14 : WAD9(R$ A2 0.( WARL9
Perio G1 : Langage focs.
A.Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice
in reported speech and the passi+e.
& Teachin aids: poster
>. Procedre:
F #arm u+/
>ingo
T says: temperature! breathtaking! royal! religious! canyon!
Gyramid! edge! god! jungle! compile #1` words)
I. Presentation:
1. Langage focs 1:
Fsk ss to retell the for" of the passi+e in the past si"ple tense:
G V was O were V '2
& Ma+e ss look at the e%ercise and choose the riht words in the bo%
for the aps in the sentences.
& Fsk ss to co"plete the sentence with the riht passi+e for" of the
+erbs.
& Eall on so"e ss to i+e their answers.
& i+e feedback and correct
2ns3er ,e$/
a. was completed b. was constructed
c. was designed d. was presented
e. was reached.
2. Langage focs 2:
<atching
construct a. thi`t k`
design b. >ojn thkm hilm
summit c. 5My dmng
e5pendition d. hnng don vipn
guide e. >qnh nri
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
212
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

1& c 2& a 3& e 4& b 5& d.
II. Practice:
J Uet ss play banana a"e.
NODo Iuestion.
T copy down students Iuestions.
$. Bre you a student,
". JJJJJJJ.
T asks who asked this Yuestionb
0ung asked Dung
;es. 0ung asked Dung if he was a student
& Fsk ss to do lanuae focus 2.
HPN
b. 4hi asked 4ga if it was for from 0a4oi.
c. if ySon was in Vuang 4am province
d. whether many people lived at ySon
e. if many tourists visited ySon
f. whether she wanted to visit ySon one day
3. Langage focs 3:
Ara! 9ri!!.
Ghow the word cue chart on the board.
todel the xrst sentence and ask ss to listen
a. tell O how O o there.
+U 4ga told 4hi how to go there
G V j V Iuestion word V to j
V G V j
& Fsk one student to say the ne%t sentence.
& Fsk ss to write co"plete sentences on board.
"V. 6ome3or,/
& turn the passi+e sentences into the acti+e
& $o e%ercises Uanuae focus a ain
& 'repare new lesson:
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
213
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

9%esa'C A,ri& *6
t#
C *A14
Perio @* : REVI+IO<
I.Aim : By the end of the lesson , students will be able to revise the grammar
points they have learnt from enit IN to enit IO to prepare for the Test .
II. .ontent :
1. Warm %, : compound word the passive


reported speech the
past continous tense
to verb and bare infinitive

*.Presentation :
) (%' tHc c#%'In tJ trKc tiL, sang giMn tiL,
a.(%' tHc &Ni t#O
"imple present Sb simple past
Present progressive Sb past progressive
Present perfect Sb past perfect
"imple past Sb past perfect
Past progressive Sb past perfect progressive
"imple future Sb would ' )
[an*may*must Sb could *might*had to
$.9rPng ngQ c#R t#Si gian:
Today ZD that day
Tomorro2 ZD the neGt day1 the 6o,,o2ing day
Ue-terday ZD the day be6ore1 the pre3iou- day
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
214
!ra""ar points
fro" unit 12 to
14
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

7a-t 2ee0 ZD the 2ee0 be6ore1 the pre3iou- 2ee0
The day a6ter tomorro2 ZD in day-H time
The day be6ore ye-terday ZD t2o day- be6ore+
No2 ZD then
Ago ZD be6ore
I. 4ive the correct form of the verbs in %arentheses .
1. e learned to swi" when e #be ) +ery youn. e
#teach) by "y father.
2. The boy #fall) and #hurt) hi"self while he
# ride) his bicycle.
3. et # et) hotter and hotter in une.
4. e # see) the fa"ous 'hon Dha Ea+e three ti"es , but
eud like #see) it aain.
5. Da" does not ha+e his "otorbike today. et #repair)
riht now.
6. Nour report should # write) in Pnlish.
II. "hange t#ese sentences into ,assive :
1.ty father waters this ower e+ery "ornin.
2. ohn in+ited yiona to his birthday party last niht.
&zRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR.
3. Do one can "o+e the hea+y rock in his arden.
&zRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..
4. Mer "other is preparin the dinner in the kitchen.
&zRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..
5.We should clean our teeth twice a day.
&zRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
6. $id tary buy this beautiful dressb
&zRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..
(.Go"e people will inter+iew the new president on Tj.
T.We canut xnish our work on ti"e.
Z.Mer husband ne+er takes her to the cine"a
1`. Me was doin his ho"ework at Z p." yesterday.
III. Using the given ,ords to com%!ete sentences:
1. Me O told O us O where O sit
2. They O showed O "e O how * play * computer games
Z. Ega * told * me * what * do
O. 0 * advised * Ega * what * eat
g. !y mother * told * me * how * ma#e ca#es .
IV. Give t#e correct 8orm o8 t#e ver$s :
I.Ega decided & go( out that evening .
N."he as#ed me &not* go ( out at night .
Z. They saw him & wal#( along the street .
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
215
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

O. 0-ve tried & phone( you many times .
g. "he could not & do( this test .
J. 0 hope & pass ( my eam net wee# .
c. !y parents ma#e me &study( hard everyday .
8. 2et him &go( .
V. Homework :
% /o again these eercises in your noteboo#s .
% Prepare for the test

&hursday!
Bpril!"7th! "#$'
Period 93: WRI00(D 0($0 46Q
A. Aims : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to co"plete
the test accurately and "aster the knowlede theyu+e learnt fro"
unit 12 to unit 14.
R&eaching aids: Mandouts
Vocabular': % A vacation abroad
& 1oders of the world
& festivals
+rammar: % past progressive with when while
& Xeported speech
& 1h% 8' to v
>."ontent:

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
216
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

#ednesda$% <a$ 1st% 2013.
Unit 16 : "om%ters
Perio G4 : 4etting started L Listen and read
A.Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to e%press
their opinions about a proble" throuh readin.
& Teachin aids: pictures.
& Fnticipated proble"s:
>. Procedre:
: Warm %: Brainstor"in
Eo"puters can help us
+ save time
+ learn more Yuickly
+ to be convenient 2 easy for keeping 2 storing information
+ to be Yuickly in giving answers to the Yuestions
+ chat
+ communicate
+ JJJJJ.
I. Pre L reading:
1. Pre L teach vocab!ary:
printer #n): "6y in #picture)
"anual #n): c" nan, s6ch ch; dhn #realia)
plu #n): c6i ph/ch cn" #picture)
socket #n): \ -ign #realia)
#to) connect: "nc, nmi #trans.)
#under) uarantee: #-Xc) bYo h,nh #situa.)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
21(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

#to) co"e out: rfi ra
"hec#ing: R.A.R
2. 0re 1 fa!se statements
a. &he printer isnEt working
b. 4am has already turned the computer on
c. 4am knows how to connect a printer but he hasnEt connected it
property
d. &he manual helped them to .nd out the problem
e. r 4hat bought computer in 0D city and itEs still under
guarantee
f. r 4hat thinks the company wouldnEt do anything with his
computer because itEs
too far from the his place
II. Whi!e L reading:
1.Keadin for checkin their uess
Ans,er #ey:
a O b O e &z T
c &z y :
d &z y :
f &z y :
2. Reading com%rehension:
& P%plain the words fact or opinion
yact: a thin that is known to be true, especially when it can be
pro+ed.
pinion: Nour feelins or thouhts about so"eone or so"ethin
rather than a fact:
Ans,er #ey:
a. yact b. opinion c. opinion
d. fact e. fact opinion
Ma+e ss copy the sentences
III. Post reading:
: Write it %
& Fsk ss to use reported speech to rewrite the dialoue
& $e+ide the class into 3 roups and assih each roup to report
about 3 &z 4 sentences.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
21T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& Ma+e the" write their report on a poster and put it on the V board
for public check
I&. .ome,or#:
& learn by heart +ocabulary
& $o e%ercise 3 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: speak
Qrida$% <a$ 3rd% 2013.
Unit 16 : "om%ters
Perio G6 : $%ea#
A.Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use so"e
co""on useful e%pressions to e%press aree"ent and
disaree"ent.
& Teachin aids: pictures.
>. Procedre:
Warm %:
2ind $.A ,ho KK Nes #Da"e) Do
#Da"e)
Do you like , Mai, Moa R.. Uan R.
Driving a car , Uan, Mai R.
@istening to music ,
Xsing computer ,
Weading a story book ,
Iating candy ,
Skiing ,
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
21Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

I. Pre L s%ea#ing:
1. Pre L teach vocab!ary:
danerous # ad* ) :nuy hi[" #situa)
challenin # ad* ) :"an t/nh th th6ch #trans.)
ti"e consu"in # ad* ) : l2n ph/ thfi ian #e%pla)
# un ) necessary # ad* ) : #kh?n) c9n thict #trans.)
delicious # ad* ) : non #situa)
a"usin # ad* ) : +ui "n syn &z
#happy)
"hec#ing: >ingo
2. 8ialogue build/
@an: / think computers are useful for studying,
Ba: ;es! / think so
@an: /Em having problems with my computer
Ba: )hatEs wrong
@an: /t doesnEt work. / think itEs broken
Ba: / disagree aybe you didnEt plug it in
@an: *hH Sorry
pinion
&e like R
&e donut like R
&e aree youure
riht
&e think R
&e feel R
&e donut belie+e
R
Free"ent
&so do e
&e aree
youur
e
riht
R
&Deither do
e
$eree of
aree"en
t
&e aree but R
&Nes, but the
other
hand R..
$isaree"ent
& e disaree..
& e canut aree
with
you
& Do, e think R
II. Whi!e s%ea#ing:
<ode!: a! / think a computer is di[cult to use
/ disagree. /tEs useful for studying
b! / donEt like driving a car. /t is dangerous
4o. / think it is convenient
c! / like a dictionary
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
22`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

So do /. /tEs necessary for me
d! / donEt like fat and canned food
4either do /
/ canEt agree with you. / think R
: 4rammar:
/ think itEs useful to study Inglish
/ think to study is useful
{z G V think O xnd R V it V is #not) V ad* V to j V E
G V think O xnd R to V E V is #not) V ad*
E V be #not) V ad* V to j
: Word ces: "om%ter 1 sef!
car 2 convenient
&F 2 entertainment
washing machine 2 helpful
III. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ercise: Cse ad* in the bo% on '.14` in TB to e%pess their
opinion
& 'repare new lesson: listenin
-un!a'8 9a' /
th
8 2:13.
1nit 15 : .om,%ters
Perio @; Listen
Aims: By the end of the lesson. Gtudents will abke to et "ore
listenin skill about in+entions and et "ore loical words.
Teachin aids: passete & Tape.
I. Warmer:
cut down trees
"ake
woodpulp
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
221
Mow to "ake
paper b
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

II. Pre * teach vocab!ary
+at #n) thn to, b[
drain #+) l," r6o n7c
xber #n) sXi, th7
con+ey #+) chuysn chd
roller #n) mn cu1n
s"ooth #+) +umt phn
press #+) p pn "0nh
procedure #n) ticn trBnh, c6c b7c.
"hec#: What and ,here
III. Pre !isten!ng
'rediction
J Kead sentences
J 'ut the sentences in the correct order of "akin paper
I&. Whi!e !istening
1. 2irst !istening
& Try to xll in aps # P%1 & '15`)
& !et answers fro" the correct answer
& Uet the" listen aain
& Eheck and write their answers.
Hey: 1. sim+le '. left
2. same 5. rollers
3. t3o hundred
2. ()ercise 2 ' P16I+
& Uisten a ain
& Eheck their prediction
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
222
roller +at
s"oo
th
press
con+
ey
proced
ure xber drain




















Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& !et studens to i+e answers.
& check and correct
Hey: c. Gaper pulp was placed in the vat
d. Gaper pulp was ddrained
e. &he water was drained
a. &he pulp .bers were poured out
g. &he pulp was conveyed
f. &he .bers were smoothed and pressed by
b. &he paper was put on a roll
&. Post !istering
& Tell their friends the procedure to "ake paper
# Csin their own words)
&I. .ome,or#
1. Uearn +ocabulary
2. prepare for Kead
tonday 8 <ay 5th8 2I13
Unit 16 : "om%ters
Period G/ !esson 4: Read
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know
"ore about how co"puter work in a uni+ersity.
& Teachin aids: 'oster
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %: ;mb!ed ,ords
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
223
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Words relate to a co"puter
1. rtrpine : printer
2. so"ue : "ouse
3. necser : screen
4. oio"ntr : "onitor
5. yke broda : key board
I. Pre L reading:
1. Pre L teach vocab!ary:
fresh"an #n): sinh +isn n:" th^ nhpt #e%pla.)
*ack #n): \ cn" #realia)
bulletin boad #n): bYn tin, bYn th?n b6o #+isual)
i"pack #n): s< Ynh hdn, t6c -1n #trans.)
"eans #n): ph]n tign
#e%a"ple)
#to) reIuire #+) : ysu c9u, -i hri #trans.)
"hec#ing : $!a% on board.
2. A%en %rediction: 012 statements
a. &here is a new university without a library in the XSB recently
b. Xsers can send and receive messages by using computers
c. Qirst O year students in many universities are reYuired to have
access to a computer
d. Students have to go to computer room to connect their computers
to the computer jacks.
e. Domputer bulletin board are the as the tradition old ones
f. 4ot al people think positively about the new method of study oN
campus
HPNG:
a & T c & T e & T
b & T d & y f T
II. Whi!e L reading:
1.ss read for checkin TOy state"ents
2.<atching:
F B
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
224
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

1. concern #+On) a. -fn dhn, -fn truy@n
2. access #n) b. +k tr/
3. ca"pus #n) c. Iuan tA" O s< Iuan tA"
4. location #n) d. i7i h0n
5. technoloy #n) e. c3 t/nh ho,i nhi
6. #to) restrict f. khu?n +isn trfn -0i hoc
(. skeptical #ad*) . kw thu_t
Hey:
1& cO 2 a O 3 f O 4 b O 5 O 6 d O ( & e
3. "om%rehension -estions:
a. )hat makes the new university diNerent from others,
b. )hat type of information is arvailable through the computer,
c. )hat type of eYuipment is necessary for .rst year students,
d. )hat is diNerence between a traditional bulletin board and the
one on the internet,
e. )ould you like to complete a college degree from home,
)hy 2 why not,
III. Post L reading:
etus ood to replace library to co"puters
Be easy to xnd infor"ation ha+e health
trouble
ad+antaes disad+antaes
Gpend "uch ti"e
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ercise 4O5 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: Cnit 15: Write

<onday 8 <ay 5th8 2I13
Unit 16 : "om%ters
Perio GG !esson 6: Write
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
225
1OUD 2Oa 3Ob 4OUD
5Oc 6Od (OUD TOe
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a
set of instructions on how to use the priter and write the
other set of intructions
& Teachin aids:
G. Pro)edure:
J War" up:
Tea" F Tea" B
6 reen cards 6 red cards
J Cse pirtures on pae 142
a. paper input tray
b. monitor screen
c. paper button
d. icon
e. out O put path
f. paper
3ey:
1& b 2& d 3& a 4& e 5& f 6& c
I. Pre L reading:
1. Pre teach vocab!ary: # Cse "atchin to elicit +ocabulary )
& paper input tray : khay -[ ipy in # d "6y )
& power button : nt \ -ign
& "onitor screen : ",n hBnh
& icon #n) : ka higu O bi[u tXn trsn ",n hBnh +i t/nh
& out put path : lmi O -fn ra
"hec#ing : R.A.R
2. 4a% @!!:
1. #to) wait R #GOGT) : &z for
2. #to) re"o+e R #GT) : lpy O cpt -i &z
3. #to) turn R # a "achine ) : &z onOoS
4. #to) plu R#G.T) : hi" O cn" +,o \ -ign &z in
5. #to) load R#G.T) : chpt O -a O nh_p +,o &z
II. Whi!e L ,riting:
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
226
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& Fsk ss to look at the picture on '.143 and read the cues
& Ma+e ss work in pairs to out li"e the instructions
& Eall on so"e ss to say out the instructions xrst #1&2 ss for each
sentence)
& Fsk ss to "ite the instructions in their notebooks
: $ggested ans,er:
Glug in the printer and turn on the power
Wemove the old paper and load the new paper in the paper input
tray.
)ait for the power button to 6ash
0ave the pages appear on the computer screen
Dlick the printer icon on the screen and wait for a few seconds
&he printed O paper will get out from the out put path in a minutes.
III. Post ,riting:
$hare and com%are
& Ma+e ss read their writin before the class
& !i+e feedback and correct
& Ma+e ss copy the intructions.
I&. .ome,or#:
& Uearn by heart +ocab
& $o e%ercise ( on pae Z4OZ5
& 'repare new lesson: Uanuae focus

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
22(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du


0esday 8 <ay 7th8 2I13
Unit 16 : "om%ters
Perio 1II : !esson 5 Langage focs
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use yet
and already to e%press the present tense, and reconie the
diSerence between the present perfect and past si"ple.
& Teachin aids: 'osters
G. Pro)edure:
: Warm %: Pe!manism
tidy hear fall ha+e be see
heard fallen tidied been seen had
I. Presentation:
1. et the s)ene
Cse the chart #'.144) to set the seence with so"e Iuestions
&: 0as Ba done his homework yet,
S: ;es! she has already done his homework
&: 0as Ba tied the room yet,
S: 4o! he hasnEt tidied the room yet
Ma+e ss repeat and write the sentences on board
2. .on)e+t )he), A3ith alread$ > $etB
2orm: G V ha+e O has V already V '2 .. # since V apoint of ti"e )
# for V a period of ti"e
)
G V ha+e O has V not V '2 R yet.
Ma+e O has V G V '2 Ryet b
Cse: & R$etS is used in neati+e state"ents and Iuestion
& R2lread$S is used between ha+e O has and past participle
or at the end of the state"ent # a|"ati+e).
J Ma+e ss copy down.
II. Practice:
1. 4a% @!! dia!oge
& Fsk ss to look at Baus diary and co"plete the dialoue usin yet O
already.
& Eall on so"e pairs to de"onstrate the dialoue.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
22T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& for the class
& !i+e feed back and correct
3ey: $. / have .nished it already
". / havenEt cleaned and tidied it yet
'. / have already turned it oN
%. /Eve already called and told her to have lunch
2. Langage focs 2. Mestions 1 ans,ers
& Fsk ss to look at the iht infor"ation table and ask Iuestions to
show the "odels
&: 0as the 6ight to Fietiane departed yet,
S: ;es! it has already departed
&: 0as the 6ight from los Bngeles arrined yet ,
S: 4o! it hasnEt arrived yet
& Fsk ss to turn to ask and answer the Iuestions
& Eall on so"e ss to de"onstrate the e%chane in frnt of the class
III. Prodction:
1. Cse jiet Da"ese to elicit "odels
" have ever been to 8alat
Gut m$ husband has gone to 8alat for 3 da$s
V P%plain the action that has xnished &z indenxnite ti"e
has in co"pleted &z for O since O
already
V Fsk ss to look at the table on '.146 and read the sentences to
check #+) the correct colu"n.
F O c O e O f &z xnished action
B O d O &z inco"pleted action
2. Langage focs 4:
'ut the chart on board and ask ss to decide which sentence is in
present perfect and which is past si"ple.
: ()%!ain grammar 'revision)
Fsk ss to work in pairs to do lanuae focus 4 !i+e feed back and
correct
I&. .ome,or#:
& $o lanuae focus 1&z4 aain
& $o e%ercise 6 and 4O5 ' Z2OZ3 aain
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
22Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Unit 15: Inventions
F G5 Lesson 1: 4etting started * Listen and read
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be ake to know the
orin paper and talk about the process of producin e"t.
Teachin aids: 'ostersO 'ictures # '14)
I. Warmer: $har# attac#s
ID&(D0IAD$
& Fsk students to "ake a lest of so"e in+entions
J Telephone
J Eo"puter
II. Pre * reading
1. 4etting started
& tatch the pictures on pae 14( and the state"ents on the so"e
pae.
Dote: 'ay attention to the feature of people in the pictare.
Hey: a & $ d & P
b & F e & E
c B
2. Pre teach vocab!ary
#to) re"o+e lpy ra, lo0i ra
#to) crush nhi@n n6t
#to) lipuifu l," th,nh n7c
#to) rind & round %ay, nhi@n
#to) "anufature sYn %upt
'rocess #n) Iuy trBnh, Iu6 trBnh
"old #n) khu?n -ic
con +eyor & belt #n) dAy chuy@n, b:n chuy@n
Eheck: What and where
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
23`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

3. A%en %redi#tion
& Plicit Ti", Moa, trs Fllen, tr roberts, and Ga"
& !uess what they will learn pro" this +isit.
& Write their uessin on the board.
III. Whi!e reading
tatchin
& Kead the dialoue #'14T)
& tatch the half sentences #'14Z)
& Eo"pare with pictures by the" sel+es
& Fsk the" to i+e their answers
& Fsk the" to write full sentences
& Theck and correct.
Fnswer key
Pa the beans are cleaned before bein cooked
$b tr Boberts thouht Ti" an Ga" were oin to touch ...
Ec Ffter cookin, the coca bean s"ells in chocalate
yd Guar is one of the in redients in cholate
Be trs Fllen warbed Ga" to lea+e so"e chocolate...
Ff F sa"ple of chocolate is i+en after +isitors ha+e toused the
factory.
I&. Post reading
& Work in pairs
& !i+e instructions for chocolate "anu faturin process
& Fsk the" te put in correct order.
& Ghow their ideas.
& Eheck and correct and corred
Hey
1. The beans are washed, weihed and cooked
2. The shells are re"o+ed
3. The beans are crushed and Iualixed
4. Eocoa butter, suer, +anilla and poured into "olds.
5. The "i%ture is round, rolled and poured into "olds.
&. .ome,or#: 1. Uearn weabu lary
2. Kedo e%ercises
3. Tra"slate the dialoue
4. 'repare for speak
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
231
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du


21>'>09
Unit 15: Inventions
F G7 Lesson 2: $%ea# BL182
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about
in+entions usin the passi+e +oice.
Teachin aids: 'oster
I. Wasmer Bino
& take a list of 2` words learnt in the pre+ious lesson.
& Fsk ss tp choose 5 of the"
& Fsk the" to write these words onto their paper.
& Eall out the words
& Gtop the a"e when these ha+e been 2 winness.
II. Preteach vocab!ary
fasci"ile #n) t6y fa% # bYn sao)
fasciforced concrete #n) Bs t?n cmt thp
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
232
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

reinforced concrete #n) ticro
& ray #n) tia
loud speaker #n) E6i loa
helicoter #n) t6y bay tr<c th:n
Eheck. Glap the board
III.4rammar 'asi+e +oice
1. 'resent si"ple
The bookis bouht by "e
{z G V a"OisOare V 'e
2. 'ast si"ple
et was in+ented in 1T1`
{z G V was Owere V '2
3. yuture si"pleO "odal +erbs
That button cannot be touched
This in+ention will be adapted in 2`1`
{z G V t V be V '2
#willO shallO canO "eest....)
4. 'resent perfect
tany in+entions ha+e been uoed sofar
G V ha+e Ohas been V '2
II. Pratice
J Kead the "odel dialoue # '14Z)
& Fsk and answer about the in+entrons.
& yill the "issin infor"ations.
J 'ractise speakin # table on '15`)
& T V a ood student
todel sententces:
T: What was in+ented by fried rich koeni b
1
G: 'rintin press
2
T: When was it in+ented b
G: en 1T1`
3
T: Where was Hoeni fro" b
G: Me was fro" !er"any
4
& Cse substitutions to talk
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
233
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& 'air work
& !i+e feedback V correct
& Eopy the cpnplete table into their notebooks # at ho"e)
Hey
en+ention #2) $ate #3) en+entor # 1) Datronality #4)
Bicycle 1T16 Harl $
sanerbro
en
!eer"an
yasci"ilp 1T43 Fle%ander Bain Pnlish
Ga+in
"achi
ne
1T45 Plias Mowac F"erican
Kein forced 1T4Z y. . tonier yrench
Eoncrete
ticrophone 1T(T $.P. huhes F"erican
& "ay 1TZ5 Wihel" konarad !er"an
Uoudspeaker 1Z24 E. W. Kice F"erican
Melicopter 1Z3Z eor. Gikorsky F"erican
Eolor
tele+is
ion
1Z5` 'eter care
!old"ar
k
F"erican
ptical xber 1Z55 Darinder
Hapany
!er"an
Uaser 1Z5T !orden !ould F"erican
III. .ome ,or#: 1. Uearn +oab
2. Kense 'assi+e joice V $o P 1, 2, 3
3. 'repare for listen
9#%rsa'C A,ri&
1@
t#
C *A1*.
Unit 15: Inventions
Perio G5 Lesson3 Listen
Aims: By the end of the lesson. Gtudents will abke to et "ore
listenin skill about in+entions and et "ore loical words.
Teachin aids: passete & Tape.
I. Warmer:
cut down trees
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
234
Mow to "ake
paper b
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

"ake
woodpulp
II. Pre * teach vocab!ary
+at #n) thn to, b[
drain #+) l," r6o n7c
xber #n) sXi, th7
con+ey #+) chuysn chd
roller #n) mn cu1n
s"ooth #+) +umt phn
press #+) p pn "0nh
procedure #n) ticn trBnh, c6c b7c.
"hec#: What and ,here
III. Pre !isten!ng
'rediction
J Kead sentences
J 'ut the sentences in the correct order of "akin paper
I&. Whi!e !istening
1. 2irst !istening
& Try to xll in aps # P%1 & '15`)
& !et answers fro" the correct answer
& Uet the" listen aain
& Eheck and write their answers.
Hey: 1. sim+le '. left
2. same 5. rollers
3. t3o hundred
2. ()ercise 2 ' P16I+
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
235
roller +at
s"oo
th
press
con+
ey
proced
ure xber drain




















Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& Uisten a ain
& Eheck their prediction
& !et studens to i+e answers.
& check and correct
Hey: c. Gaper pulp was placed in the vat
d. Gaper pulp was ddrained
e. &he water was drained
a. &he pulp .bers were poured out
g. &he pulp was conveyed
f. &he .bers were smoothed and pressed by
b. &he paper was put on a roll
&. Post !istering
& Tell their friends the procedure to "ake paper
# Csin their own words)
&I. .ome,or#
1. Uearn +ocabulary
2. prepare for Kead
$nday 8 A%ri! 2G
th
8 2I12
Period: G7
Unit 15: In ventions
Lesson 4: Read
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
236
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to et readin
skill of a poe" and to et "ore words on alectrie appliances
Teachin aids: posters, cassette, tape
I. Warmer: Brainstor"in
dishwasher telephone

"icro wa+e hairdryer
& 'ronounce words
II. Rreading
1. Pre * reading
a. Pretea)h vo)abular$
"icrowa+e # n) l +i s3n
toaster #n) "6y n7n b6nh
+acu"n #n) "6y hit bli
doo" t tXn thanh
boo" t tXn thanh
chua & chu t tXn thanh
"hec# : Rb ot and remember
b. Luestions for +redi)ting >dis)ussing
+ Bre electric appliances useful ,
+ what for 2
+ Do you know who invented these ones ,
2. #hile reading
est readin: & Kead the poe" in sbyth"
& Kead the +erses of the poen
& Kead the state"ents
& tatch the +erses and the state"ents
& 'air work
& Eheck and correct
Hey: jerse 1 & b
jerise 2 & c
+erse 3 & a
& and readin
& Kead the poen aain
& Kead the sentences with aps
& Work in pairs
& yill on the aps with words fourd fro" the poe"
& Ghase with other pairs
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
23(

Plectric

applianc
es
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& Eheck and suest
& Eheck and correct
Hey: 1 +acu"
2. telephone
3. washin "achine
4. "icro wa+e
5. hairdryer
6. toaster
3. Post reading
& Kead the poe" in shyth".
III. 4rammar GeIuence "arkers
yirst #second, third ...)
ThenO ne%tO after this after that
yinally
& Uink sentenses into a pararaph
I&. .ome,or#
1. Uearn +ocab
2. Ueasn seIuence "arkers
3. $o e%erciss on seIuence "arkers
4. 'repare for write
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
23T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

25141IG
Period: 1II
Unit 15: In ventions
Lesson 6: Write
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a short
pararaph on the "any acturin procoss for a product.
Teachin aids : 'osters
I. Warmer: & u"bled words
#GeIuence "arkers)
& T D M P then
& T K F P y & M F T T Ffter that
& T P D De%t
& T G y K e yirst
& D U F y e U N yi"ally
& Kead aloud
& Eheck their "eanin.
II. &ocab!ary
lo #n) khic
chip #n) "icn, + b,o
crush #+) p # +nt), nhi@n n6t
atten #+) l," phn, l," "rn
rexne #+) loc tron, loc tinh
fer"ent #+) q, l," lsn "en
liIuor #+) n7c #p chYy ra)
shell #+) b3c +r
Eheck: Glap the boYid
III. 4rammar
GenIuence "arkers
& yirst, suond, third ................
& De%t
& Then
& Ffter this, after that
& yinally
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
23Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

They are used to link sentences to "ake the" into a uent
pararaph or a co"plete te%t.
III. Practce
P%ercise1: !ap xll
& Work in pairs
& Gha+e with other roups
& Eheck and iorrect
Hey: 1. yirst
2. Then
3. De%t
4. Ffter this
5. Then
6. yinally
P%ercises:
& P%plain the pictures if necessary
& Kead sentences a & f co"prehensi+ely
& rder the sentences as the order of the pictures
& Work in roups of 4
& Eheck
& !i+e the answers to the teacher
& Eorrect
Hey:
d & 1 : They fruit har+est is fer"ented for 3 to Z days to kill the beans
and the" browwn.
a & 2: The beans are dried in the sun
e & 3: The beans are cleared in the special "achines.
c & 4: The beans are roasted to brin out the chocolate ...
b & 5: They are shelled and round to produce chocolate liIuor
f & 6: The liIuor is "ade into chocolate cancly or cocoapowder
& .ome,or#
1. learn +ocab, seIuence "arkers
2. Kedo e%ercises
3. Write the whele pararaph about "akin chocolate candy fro"
cocoa fruit, win seIuence "akers.
4. 'repare for re+ision
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
24`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du


unda$% <a$ 12
th
%
2013

Period 1I1 : revision
: Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to strenthen
passi+e +oice and to re+ise seIuence "arkers
Teachin aids: 'osters
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
241
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

I. Warmer: 'el"anis"
break rin know say spend
1 2 3 4 5
ran spent broken said known
a b c d e
Hey: 1c: break & broken 4d : say & said
2a: rin & run 5b: spend spent
3e: know & known
& Kead chorally
& Ke"ind the" of so"e rules
II. &ocab!ary
docu"ent#n) t,i ligu
bake #+) n7n b6nh
run V o #+) -i@u h,nh, IuYn la
"aie #n) n?
%eroraphy #n( sk sao chWp
widely #ad+) r1n r2i.
"hec#: Rb ot and remember
III. 4rammar revision
1. $en-ence mar#ers
& Uink sentences in a pararaph or in a te%t
.rst tha nhst! >_u trpn
second... tha hai
ne5t ti`p theo
then rgi
after this2 that sau >t
.nally cuhi cung
2. Pasive voice
a. Present sim+le
F: G V j V
': G V a"OisOare V '2 V by
b: 'ast si"ple
F: G V was Owere V 'e V by V
': G V ha+eOhas V been V '2 V by V
d: yuture si"ple
F: G V willOsshall V j V
': G V willO shall V be V '2 V by V
I&. ()ercises
L2 1: a.&he document was typed by rs V
b. &he computer was repaired by 4han
d. &he lights were turned oN by 0oa
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
242
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

c. &he picture was drawn by Ba.
e. &he cake was baked by @an
L. 22:
a. was awarded
b. won
c. run
d. was run O was sold
e. was closed
L. 23: Gpeak in pairs
L. 24: Qist! the rice crop is hasverted! then the nice plants are
threshed to separcure the grains from the straw. 4e5k the
rice gains are husked in the mill to produce brown rice. Bfter
this! the bran is removed in the most ar and it is .nally
winnowed to produce white rice.
()ercise : "hange in to %asive voice
$ 0e drinks coNee everyday .
" 4am bought a ne shirt vestwrday .
')hat do you do every morning ,
% )ho will you vKsit ne5t week ,
7 )hen / came .he was having diner
8 Dan he speak I well,
9 She has .nished e5ercises on time
A Did she make a cup of coNee,
&. .ome,or# & Ke+ision all units we ha+e learnt in class T
& Uearn +ocabulary
& Ke+ise ra""ar
& yinish e%ercises
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
243
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du


$nday8 <ay 5
th
8 2I12

Period 1I1 : revision
I. Aim : by the end of the lesson , students will be able to revise the grammar points
they-ve learnt and practice doing eercises
II. "ontent :
1. Present +im,&e tense .' 0hT hieUn taVi WXn+
& Cse : e. die3n taw ca<c s +ieoc "oot ca<ch to.n Iua<t ,
khon nhart thiert ch\ nhi qern hieon tai . Ta du^n th na^y
qe. no<i qern "mt s +ieoc na^o qo< %awy ra lien tuc ,ladp qi ladp
lai nhieu lan , hay "ot qieu qo< luon luon qu<n ,du^ cho
s +ieoc qo< co< %awy ra nay tai lu<c no<i hay khon la^ qieu
khon Iuan tron .
& yor": #V ) G V jOj
s O es
V RRRRRRRR. P% &The earth
oes around the sun.
# & ) G V donutOdoesnut V jV RRRRRR.. &We donut
ha+e classes on Gunday.
# b ) $oO$oes V G V j V RRRRRRR.b & $oes Uan
speak yrenchb
2. Anot B adEe)tive @ enough @ inNnitive # khon )
quw RRRRRR.. qe.
P%: The water is hot enouh for "e to drink.
Ghe isnut old enouh to be in "y class
3. &ear 0uture/ Ge going to A thT tUVng lai gaWn B
& yor" : G V is O a"O are V oin to V jinf
& Cse : $u^n khi no<i +e "oot +ieoc "a^ ai qo< Iuyert qnh se
la^" hay d qnh se la^" tron tln lai.
P% : There is a ood xl" on Tj toniht. eu" oin to stay ho"e
to watch Tj .
& Dote : Be oin to co^n du^n qe. d qoa<n "oot tnh huorn co<
the. %awy ra
P%: e feel tired . e think eu" oin to be sick.
'. 2dverb of +la)e A TraXng tUY )hZ nVi )ho[n B: out
side, inside, there, here, upstairs, downstairs ,ne%t to ,under ,
RRRR..
P%: The "oney was xnally found under the boards.
5. !eQexive +ronouns.A \aXi tUY +ha]n tha^nB : "yself,
yourself, hi"self, herself, itself, oursel+es, yoursel+es, the"sel+es .
& $ie3n taw ha^nh qoon trlw lai +l<i ch7nh nl^i thc hieon .
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
244
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

V Do< co< the. la^" tu<c t^ #b*ect ) P%: Be careful.. Nouull cut
yorse!f.
V Do< q<n nay sau t^ "a^ no< la^" "anh nhia. P% : Fn sent
this letter itse!f.
* ai t^ phawn than la^" "anh nhia cho chuw t^. Do< q<n
nay sau chuw t^, hoadc q<n lw cuori "eonh qe Ocau. P%:
tary herse!f cleaned the oor.
-. <odal verbs & yor" : V G V "odal +erb V j V RRR.
P% : e can sin +ery well.
& G V "odal +erb V not V j V RRR P% : Moa "ay not
co"e to the party to"orrow.
b todal +erb V G V j V RRRR.b P% : tay e co"e
in b
& todal +erb : "ust, ouht to, ha+e to,should
: <U$0 : la^ khier" trl qoon t^ # a "odal ) die3n taw s ba1t
buooc hay s can thiert co< t7nh chuw Iuan& do caw" nhi cuwa
nl^i no<i. #P%: Me mst do this e%ercise aain.), hay die3n taw
t7nh Iui ta1c hay le luaot . #P%: We mst dri+e on the riht.)
: .A&( 0A : die3n taw s ba1t buooc hay s can thiert co< t7nh
kha<ch Iuan do yeru tor ben noa^i.
P%: Nour eyes are weak. Nou have to wear lasses.
: AU4.0 0A B &#base for") #nen): die3n taw ll^i khuyen. P%: We
oght to obey our parents.
: $.AUL9: die3n taw ll^i khuyen P%: Nou should help the needed
children.
: <AH 1 "AD 1 "AUL9 : qlc du^n qe. die3n taw ll^i yeu cau
hay qe nh
& Neu cau s iu<p ql: "an 1 "o!d B yo B & B A 1
A8%!ease C'P%: Ean you help "e ,please.)
& e nh iu<p ai: <ay B I B & B A1A CY Let B me B & B
A1A. Y 9o yo need any he!%C $ha!! B I B & B A 1 A C P%:
tay e help youb
: WILL: du^n qe. die3n taw ll^i yeu cau , qe nh hoadc ll^i
h<a
* Wi!! B yo B & B A B A 1 < 8 %!easeC $ie3n taw ll^i yeu
cau.
P%: Will you turn of the fan, please b eu" cold.
& I B ,i!! B & B A B A 1 < C die3n taw ll^i qe nh la^"
qieu cho ai .
P%: The phone is rinin . eull answer for you.
& $ B ,i!! B & B A B A 1 < C die3n taw ll^i h<a . P%: eu"
sory. This wonut happen aain.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
245
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

: Wo!d 1 9o yo B mind B . . . B C die3n taw ll^i yeu cau
lch s .
* Wo!d yo mind B &*ing ' gernd+ C P%:Would you "ind
te!!ing "e the result of the e%a".
& Wo!d 1 9o yo mind if B I B & . . .C die3n taw yeu cau
qlc la^" qieu
P%: Wo!d yo mind if I o%ened the windowb 9o yo mind if I
o%en the windowb
O. Luestions 3ith R#6;S : $u^n qe. howi +e nuyen
nhan hay ly< do
#h$ @ do > aux. V @
@ V
"G
@ 7 . . . 9
E: 1hy do they cover the electric soc#ets.
e. traw ll^i cho cau howi +l<i WMN ta co< the. du^n :
& teonh qe +l<i because. P%: Why do you et up earlyb
Because e want to do e%ercise.
& Eu" qoon t^ nuyen "a3u . P%: Why do you do e%erciseb To
keep healthy.

$nday8 <ay 5
th
8 2I12

Period 1I2 : revision
I. Aim : by the end of the lesson , students will be able to revise the grammar points
they-ve learnt and practice doing eercises
II. "ontent
1. Past im+le Tense AThT 4ua_ ,hU_ `VnB
& Cse : $ie3n taw ha^nh qoon %awy ra +a^ kert thu<c tai "oot thl^i
qie." %a<c qnh lw Iua< kh<
& yor": V G V j
&ed#reular)
O j
2 # colu"n irreular)
V RRRR P% : & Me arri+ed
here yesterday.
& G V didnut V j V RRRRRRR. & Ghe didnut
o to school yesterday.
b $id V G V j V RRRRRRRR b & $id
you clean this tableb
& Dote: Th Iua< kh< qln thl^n qlc du^n +l<i ca<c cu" t^
ch\ thl^i ian %a<c qnh lw Iua< kh< : !ast week O "onth O
year . . ., a week O 3 days O 5 "onths . . . , yesterday, yesterday
"ornin O e+enin, InV naf", from 2``` to2``5
& Ea<ch qoc ca<c qon t^ lw Iua< kh< qln +l<i P$:
V P$: qlc qoc la^ OtO khi nhn qoon t^ nuyen "a3u co<
a" taon cu^n la^
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
246
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

P% : lauhed , asked , helped , watch , pushed , dressed ,
RRRRR
V P$: qlc qoc la^ OidO khi nhn qoon t^ nuyen "a3u co<
a" taon cu^n la^ t , d.
P% : needed , wanted , waited , RR..
V P$: qlc qoc la^ OdO khi nhn qoon t^ nuyen "a3u co<
a" taon cu^n la^ ca<c a" co^n lai
P% : en*oyed , sa+ed , xlled ,RRR.
2. Pre%osition of time ' 4iXZi t[\ ch] thX\i gian + : at, in ,on,
fro" . . . to, for, by
& A0 : V "oot qie." thl^i ian cu the. P% : We ha+e
class at one ouclock.
V niht P% : e sleep at niht.
* ID : V tha<nOnaf" cu the. P% : e was born
1ZZ4
V the "orninOafternoon O e+enin P% : We ha+e class in
the "ornin.
* AD: V na^y tron tuan P% : We ha+e class on
tonday.
V na^y tha<n naf" P%: e was born on Fpril
6, 2``6
* 2RA< V "oot qie." thl^i ian V 0A V "oot qie." thl^i ian
P%: We ha+e class fro" (.`` to 1`.15
& 2AR: V "oot khoawn thl^i ian : qe. no<i ramn "oot ca<i
qo< die3n ra bao lau roi
P% : We walked for 2 hours to reach the waterfall.
3. 5sed to @ VAbare formB : die3n taw "oot tho<i Iuen tron
Iua< kh< nay khon co^n
P%: Me used to play tennis.
J Dote : G tln phawn: CGP$ T V j#bare for") #a t^n )
BP O !PT V CGP$ T V DCD 'MKFGP O !PKCD$ #
}uen )
P%: Ba was born in a fa"er fa"ily. Meus used to workin in the sun.
'. 2dverb of <annerA TraXng tUY )hZ thea )a_)h B:
thl^n theo sau tan n neru co< qa sor tran t^ ch\ the.
ca<ch qlc caru tao t^ t7nh t^ the" haou tor UN : ad*ecti+e V ly
{ ad+erb
I5: &his man drives )arefull$.
5. .ommands% re4uests and advi)e in re+orted
s+ee)h
: "ommands in re%orted s%eech: Eau "eonh leonh lw ll^i no<i
ia<n tierp
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
24(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

' 9onQt + B & B A 1 A
$ B to!d 1 ordered . . . B A B ' not + B
in@nitive B A 1 A
P%: Turn oS the liht before oin top bed, "y "other said to
"e.
ty "other to!d "e to turn of the liht before oin top bed.
P%: $onut play with "atches, the "other said.
The "other ,arned her child not to play with "atches.
: Re-ests in re%orted s%eech: Eau yeu cau lw ll^i no<i
ia<n tierp
P!ease B 'donQt + B & B A 1 A hoa^c
' 9onQt + B & B A 1 A 8 %!ease
$ B as#ed 1 begged . . . B A B ' not + B
in@nitive B A 1 A
P%: 'lease trn on the liht. Me asked "e to trn on the
liht.
P%: 'lease donut "ake a noise here. They asked us not to
"ake a noise there.
J Advice in re%orted s%eech: Ul^i khuyen l ll^i no<i ia<n
tierp . Ul^i khuyen co< caru tru<c:
* $ B sho!d 1 oght to 1 had better B & B
A 1 A.
* Why donQt B yo B & B A 1 A C
* If I ,ere B A 8 IQd 'not + B & B A 1 A .
$ B advised B A B ' not + in@nitive
B A1A.
P%: NouQd better work hard for e%a", To" said to his
brother.
To" advised his brother to stdy hard for the e%a".
ef e were you,eud not do such a thin,tai said to Uan. tai
advised Uan not to do such a thin.


$nday8 <ay 5
th
8 2I12

Period 1I3 : revision
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
24T
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

I. Aim : by the end of the lesson , students will be able to revise the grammar points
they-ve learnt and practice doing eercises
II. "ontent :
1. Kerund Adanh `obng tUY B : la^ dan qoon t^ taon
cu^n bamn eD! +a^ co< ch<c nafn cuwa "oot danh t^.
Do< co< the. la^" :
& Ehuw n: P%: $mo#ing is har"ful to health.
& Tan n P% : Weure thinkin abot raising our
classus fund.
P%: We %ractise s%ea#ing Pnlish in class.
& Ua^" bo. t^ cho chuw t^ P%: ty interest is co!!ecting
stam%s.
& T^ qon + P%: Me has one desire 8 ta#ing care of
his o!d %arents.
& Theo sau "oot sor qoon t^ : P%: eud like reading boo#s.
2. Present +erfe)t tenseA ThT hiebn taXi hoaYn thaYnh
B
& Cse :& $u^n qe. "ieu taw "oot ha^nh qoon %awy ra tron Iua<
kh< nhn kert Iuaw co^n lu qern hieon tai
& $u^n qe. "ieu taw "oot ha^nh qoon +^a "l<i %awy ra
# ta du^n +l<i CGT)
& $u^n qe. "ieu taw "oot ha^nh qoon qlc hoa^n tart
sl<" hln s "on qli #ta du^n +l<i FUKPF$N) P%: e ha+e already
xnished this work.
& $u^n qe. "ieu taw "oot ha^nh qoon t^ trl<c qern
il^ cha he hoadc khon he %awy ra # ta du^n +l<i PjPK
DPjPK) . P%: Ma+e you e+er been to Mueb e ha+e ne+er one.
* $u^n qe. "ieu taw "oot ha^nh qoon qa %awy ratron
Iua< kh< t7nh qern nay qa %awy ra qlc bao lau #yK) hoadc
qa %awy ra t^ lu<c na^o #Gince)
: 2or : Eh\ thl^i ian ke<o da^i bao lau. P%: Nou ha+e
studied Pnlish for 4 years.
: $ince: thl^i ian ba1t qau t^ lu<c na^o P%: Ghe has
studied Pnlish since 2``3.
3. .om+arison of adEe)tives and adverbs
1. $o saZnh ba_ng
& $an kha=n qnh: $ B & B as B adE 1 adv B as B Don
P%: tai is as tall as Uan .
& $an phuw qnh: $ B & B not B as 1 so B adE 1 adv B as B
Don P%: tai isnut asOso tall as Uan
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
24Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2. $imi!arity ' $[V t[Xng Wo`ng+ : e. die3n taw s tln
qon ,ta co< the. du^n :
* LI3( # iorn, nh ) P%: Me s like his father.
& 0.( $A<( A$ # iorn nh ) P%: Nour shirt is the sa"e as
Baus.
& 9I22(R(D0 2RA< # kha<c +l<i ) P%: Meus diSerent fro" his
"other.
J Dote : N0.( $A<( B non B A$cun qlc du^n qe. die3n
taw s tln qon hay bamn nhau.
P% : Me is the sa"e ae as "y brother. Meus as old as "y brother.
'- Present +rogressive Tense A ThT hiebn taXi tie[+
diecn B
& Cse : $ie3n taw "oot ha^nh qoon %awy ra +a^o qu<n thl^i
qie." no<i.
&yor" : V G V is O a"O are V j
&in
V RRRRR P% : eu"
learnin Pnlish now.
& G V is O a"O are V not V j
&in
V RR Me isnut learnin
Pnlish now.
b es O F" O Fre V G V j
&in
V RRRb es he readin
books nowb
& Dote: Th hieon tai tierp die3n thl^n du^n ke^" +l<i ca<c
tran t^ : now, riht now,at present , at the "o"ent qe. nharn
"anh t7nh chart qan die3n tiern cuwa ha^nh qoon lw nay lu<c
no<i .
5- .om+arative and su+erlative adEe)tives A o sa_nh
hVn vaY nha[t B
2. $o saZnh hXn
& T7nh t^ co< "oot a" tiert : AdEective Ler B than
P%: eu" stroner than you.
& T7nh t^ co< hai a" tiert trlw len: <ore B adE Bthan P%: ty
sister is "ore beautiful than "e.
3 $o saZnh hXn nhaat
&T7nh t^ co< "oot a" tiert : 0he B AdE Lest P%:
This tower is the tallest.
& T7nh t^ co< hai a" tiert trlw len: 0he B most B adE P%:Moa
is the "ost beautiful in "y class
Dote : toot sor t7nh t^ bart Iui ta1c
!ood & better & the best fas & farther &
the farthest
Bad & worse & the worst further & the
furthest
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
25`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

-. 2dEe)tives follo3ed b$ an inNnitive or a )lause.
#T7nh t^ qlc theo sau blwi "oot qoon t^ nuyen "a3u hay
"oot "eonh qe.)
1.T7nh t^ ch\ caw" ia<c thl^n qlc theo sau blwi "oot cu"
qoon t^ nuyen "a3u #inxniti+e phrase).
$ B be B adEective B 'not+ in@nitive %hrase. P% .: eu" lad to
"eet you aain.
Me was surprised to et "e
letter.
toot sor t7nh t^ kha<c nh : sure, certain, riht, careful, lucky,
wron, R qlc theo sau blwi "oot cu" qoon t^ nuyen "a3u.
P% . : Meus certain to win the a"e. Be careful not to dirty the
picture.
2.toot sor t7nh t^ co< the. qlc theo sau blwi "oot "eonh qe
danh t^ #a noun clause).
P%: eu" lad # that ) you can "ake it.
O. "n order to M so as to @ V# base for") : qlc du^n qe.
die3n taw "uc q7ch
P%: Meus sa+in "oney in order to 1 so as to o on holiday
ne%t su""er.
(. 0uture sim+le Tense A ThT tUVng lai `VnB
& Cse : $ie3n taw "oot ha^nh qoon se %awy ra tai "oot thl^i
qie." na^o qo< tron tln lai.
& yor" : V G V will O shall V j V RRRRR P%: Me will xnish
his ho"ework to"orrow .
& GV wonut O shanut V j V RRRRRR.. Uan wonut o
to the oo ne%t week.
b Will O Ghall V G V j V RRRRRRR. b Will you do
this e%ercise b
9 . The +assive form Avoi)eB
yor": BP V j
3
Oj&ed #past participle)
P%: They sell *eans all o+er the world. {z eans are sold all
o+er the world.
Dote:
& Hhi chuw n cau chuw qoon la^: TMPN, 'P'UP, GtPDP, D
DP, FDNDP th khi qo.i san cau b qoon khon co< By aent
. Dhn khi danh t^ la^" chuw n ba1t buooc phawi co< aent
& jl<i qoon t^ qadc bieot #"odal +erbs): EFD, tCGT, tFN, te!MT,
GMCU$, WeUU,. . . ta phawi the" BP trl<c khi chuye.n qoon t^
ch7nh san dan 'FGT 'FKTeEe'UP.
<oda! verb $ B moda! verb B be B &*ed 1 &
3
'%ast %artici%!e+ B
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
251
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

'by agent+
$im%!e
%resent
$ B am1is1are B &*ed 1 &
3
'%ast %artici%!e+ B 'by
agent+
$im%!e %ast $ B ,as1,ere B &*ed 1 &
3
'%ast %artici%!e+ B 'by
agent+
Dear ftre $ B am1is1are B going to be B &*ed 1 &
3
'%ast
%artici%!e+ B 'by agent+
$im%!e ftre $ B ,i!!1sha!! be B &*ed 1 &
3
'%ast %artici%!e+ B 'by
agent+
Present
%erfect tense
$ B have been B &*ed 1 &
3
'%ast %artici%!e+ B 'by
agent+
Present
%rogressive
$ B am1is1are B being B &*ed 1 &
3
'%ast %artici%!e+
B 'by agent+
Past
%rogressive
$ B ,as1,ere B being B &*ed 1 &
3
'%ast %artici%!e+
B 'by agent+
P% : Nou "ust do this e%ercise carefully. {z This e%ercise "ust be
done carefully.
10. -ed and -ing +arti)i+leA Lua_ ,hU_ vaY hiebn taXi
+ha^n tUY B
* .iebn taVi %habn t[\ N* ID4O co^n oi la^ phan t^ ta<c
qoon.$u^n tron cau chuw qoon, qlc tha^nh laop bamn
ca<ch the" in sau qoon t^. P%: Mis *ob is boring.
* MaZ #h[Z %habn t[\ N L (9O co^n oi la^ phan t^ b ta<c
qoon. $u^n tron cau chuw qoon, qlc tha^nh laop bamn
ca<ch the" ed # reular) hoadc coot 3 bart Iui ta1c #irreular).
P%: This clock is bro#en.
: MaZ #h[Z va\ hieUn taVi %habn t[\ : <n trl<c danh t^,
hoadc sau qoon t^ lien kert.
P%: F tired worker is sleepin on the chair. The story is
interesting
: MaZ #h[Z va\ hieUn taVi %habn t[\: qlc du^n qe. ru<t
on "eonh qe t7nh t^ : Mieon tai hoadc Iua< kh< phan t^ #
cu" hieon tai phan t^ hoadc cu" Iua< kh< Iuan t^ q<n sau
danh t^ hoadc cu" danh t^ bo. sun y< nhia cho danh t^
hoadc cu" danh t^ qo<.
P%: The boy is in "y class . Meus readin a book. The boy reading
a boo# is in "y class.
There are "any books. They are written in Pnlish. There are
"any books ,ritten in (ng!ish.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
252
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
253
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

&I. <yse!! eva!cation
thresh #+) -0p lia, -6nh
rain #n) h0t #lia)
husk #+) %at, i2
"ortar #n) cmi #%ay)
winnoww #+) sYylia, Iu0t lia.
& Gpend ti"e on ra""ar presentation "ore.
Dot fascinatin enouh
CT write
& Fll steps are ood for ss to do
& The answers of the Iuestions of pre readin should be writen on
the board.
& Ghould re+iew so"e words arcordin to the topic they ha+e learnt.
war" up should be chaned.
2. 'ratice:
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
254
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

1. word cuc drill.
a. Ghut the door O of course
b. o to the cine"a with "e O eu" sorry, e canut
c. et "e a new spaper O all riht.
d. ire "e so"e "edicine O of course.
2. a. stop s"okin
b. help "y "other
c. pay you back soon
d. learn harder.
CZ lfocus
& Ke+ision the structure should use war" up.
& en order to O so as to {z should i+e "ore: en order not to O so
as not to.
&II. Practice:
a. & to o swi"in is interestin
& to see our old friends aain is wonderful
& to be with you is fun.
b. & e O pleased O you passed your Pnlish e%a"
& We O delihted O you ot ood "arks
& They O afraid O you will refuse the in+itation
u1` lan
Ke+iew the structure and then co"bine Uy1VUy2 to ha+e ss play a
a"e :
C11 et The answers for would you "ind V j&in Rb are riht.
C12 WKeTP
& Fll steps are rather ood.
& tost of ss can write a postcard.
& Fsk the" write a postcard and if they ha+e enouh ti"e
decorate the postcard with owers, R
& Eollect and i+e "arks.
C13 write etus di|cult to teach this lesson. T should chane
topic or i+e picture to order and then wite or wond cuesR
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
255
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

onday ay Ath "##8
Period: GG
Unit 15: In ventions
Lesson 2: $%ea#
Fi"s: by the and of the lesson, students will be able to talk
about in+entions woin the passi+e +oice.
Teachin aids: 'oster
I. Wasmer Bino
& take a list of 2` words learnt in the pre+ious lesson.
& Fsk ss tp choose 5 of the"
& Fsk the" to write these words onto their paper.
& Eall out the words
& Gtop the a"e when these ha+e been 2 winness.
II. Preteach vocab!ary
fasci"ile #n) t6y fa% # bYn sao)
fasciforced concrete #n) Bs t?n cmt thp
reinforced concrete #n) ticro
& ray #n) tia
loud speaker #n) E6i loa
helicoter #n) t6y bay tr<c th:n
Eheck. Glap the boYd
III.4rammar 'asi+e +oice
1. 'resent si"ple
The cocoa beans are stored
{z G V a"OisOare V 'e
2. 'ast si"ple
et was in+ented in 1T1`
{z G V was Owere V '2
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
256
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

3. yuture si"pleO "odal +erbs
That button cannot be touched
This in+ention will be adapted in 2`1`
{z G V t V be V '2
#willO shallO canO "eest....)
4. 'resent perfect
tany in+entions ha+e been uoed sofar
G V ha+e Ohas been V '2
II. Pratice
J Kead the "odel dialoue # '14Z)
& Fsk and answer about the in+entrons.
& yill the "issin infor"ations.
J 'ractise speakin # table on '15`)
& T V a ood student
todel e%student:
T: What was in+ented by fried rich koeni b
1
G: 'rintin press
2
T: When was it in+ented b
G: en 1T1`
3
T: Where was Hoeni fro" b
G: Me was fro" !er"any
4
& Cse substitutions to talk
& 'air work
& !i+e feedback V correct
& Eopy the cpnplete table into their notebooks # at ho"e)
Hey
en+ention #2) $ate #3) en+entor # 1) Datronality #4)
Bicycle 1T16 Harl $
sanerbroen
!eer"an
yasci"ilp 1T43 Fle%ander Bain Pnlish
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
25(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Ga+in
"achine
1T45 Plias Mowac F"erican
Kein forced 1T4Z y. . tonier yrench
Eoncrete
ticrophone 1T(T $.P. huhes F"erican
& "ay 1TZ5 Wihel" konarad !er"an
Uoudspeaker 1Z24 E. W. Kice F"erican
Melicopter 1Z3Z eor. Gikorsky F"erican
Eolor
tele+ision
1Z5` 'eter care
!old"ark
F"erican
ptical xber 1Z55 Darinder
Hapany
!er"an
Uaser 1Z5T !orden !ould F"erican
III. .ome ,or#: 1. Uearn +oab
2. Kense 'assi+e joice V $o P 1, 2, 3
3. 'repare for listen
&I. <yse!f eva!atron
Saturday ay $'th "##8
Period G5
Unit 15: In ventions
Lesson3: Listen
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson. Gtudents will abke to et "ore
listenin skill about in+entions and et "ore techesolo ical words.
Teachin aids: passete & Tape.
I. Wasmer:
cut down trees "ake
woodpulp
II. Preteach vocab!ary
+at #n) thn to, b[
drain #+) l," r6o n7c
xber #n) sXi, th7
con+ey #+) chuysn chd
roller #n) mn cu1n
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
25T
Mow to "ake
paper b
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

s"ooth #+) +umt phn
press #+) p pn "0nh
procedure #n) ticn trBnh, c6c b7c.
Theck: What and where
III. Pre !isten!ng
'rediction
J Kead sentences
J 'ut the sentences in the correct order of "akin paper
I&. Whi!e !istening
1. 2irst !istening
& Try to xll in aps # P%1 & '15`)
& !et answers fro" the wrrect answer
& Uet the" listen aain
& Ehick and wrrect their answers.
Hey: 1. Gi"ple 4. left
2. sa"e 5. rollers
3. two hundred
2. ()ercise 2 ' P16I+
& Uisten a ain
& Eheck their prediction
& !et studens to i+e answers.
& check and correct
Hey: c. 'aper pulp was placed in the +at
d. 'aper pulp was ddrained
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
25Z
roller +at
s"oo
th
press
con+
ey
proced
ure xber drain




















Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

e. The water was drained
a. The pulp xbers were poured out
. The pulp was con+eyed
f. The xbers were s"oothed and pressed by
b. The paper was put on a roll
&. Pst !istering
& Tell their friends the procedune to "ake paper
# Csin their own words)
&I. .ome,or#
1. Uearn +ocabulary
2. prepare for Kead
&II. <yse!f ,a!ation.
onday ay $7th "##8
Period: 1I1
Unit 15: In ventions
Lesson 4: Read
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to et
readin skill of a poe" and to et "ore words on alectrie appliances
Teachin aids: posters, cassette, tape
I. Wasrmer: Brainstor"in
disbwasher telepho"e

Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
26`
Plectric
applianc
es
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

"icro wa+e hairdryer
& 'ronounce words
& Thenk their "eanins if necessary
II. Rreading
1. Pre * reading
a. Pretea)h vo)abular$
"icrowa+e # n) l +i s3n
toaster #n) "6y n7n b6nh
+acu"n #n) "6y hit bli
doo" t tXn thanh
boo" t tXn thanh
chua & chu t tXn thanh
Eheck : Kub out and re"e"ber
b. Luestions for +redi)ting >dis)ussing
& Fre electric afy+liances useful b
& what for O
& $o you know who in+ented these ones b
2. #hile reading
est readin: & Kead the poe" in sbyth"
& Kead the +erses of the poen
& Kead the state"ents
& tatch the +erses and the state"ents
& 'air work
& Eheck and correct
Hey: jerse 1 & b
jerise 2 & c
+erse 3 & a
& and readin
& Kead the poen aain
& Kead the sentences with aps
& Work in pairs
& yill on the aps with words fourd fro" the poe"
& Ghase with other pairs
& Eheck and suest
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
261
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

& Eheck and correct
Hey: 1 +acu"
2. telephone
3. washin "achine
4. "icro wa+e
5. hairdryer
6. toaster
3. Post reading
& Kead the poe" in shyth".
III. 4rammar GeIuence "arkers
yirst #second, third ...)
ThenO ne%tO after this after that
yinally
& Uink sentenses into a pararaph
I&. .ome,or#
1. Uearn +ocab
2. Ueasn seIuence "arkers
3. $o e%erciss on seIuence "arkers
4. 'repare for write
&. <yse!f eva!ation
&uesday ay $8 th "##8
Period: 1I2
Unit 15: In ventions
Lesson 6: Write
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to write a
short pararaph on the "any acturin procoss for a product.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
262
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Teachin aids : 'osters
I. Warmer: & u"bled words
#GeIuence "arkers)
& T D M P then
& T K F P y & M F T T Ffter that
& T P D De%t
& T G y K e yirst
& D U F y e U N yi"ally
& Kead aloud
& Eheck their "eanin.
II. &ocab!ary
lo #n) khic
chip #n) "icn, + b,o
crush #+) p # +nt), nhi@n n6t
atten #+) l," phn, l," "rn
rexne #+) loc tron, loc tinh
fer"ent #+) q, l," lsn "en
liIuor #+) n7c #p chYy ra)
shell #+) b3c +r
Eheck: Glap the boYid
III. 4rammar
GenIuence "arkers
& yirst, suond, third ................
& De%t
& Then
& Ffter this, after that
& yinally
They are used to link sentences to "ake the" into a uent
pararaph or a co"plete te%t.
III. Practce
P%ercise1: !ap xll
& Work in pairs
& Gha+e with other roups
& Eheck and iorrect
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
263
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Hey: 1. yirst
2. Then
3. De%t
4. Ffter this
5. Then
6. yinally
P%ercisee:
& P%plain the pictures if necessary
& Kead sentences a & f co"prehensi+ely
& rder the sentences as the order of the pictures
& Work in roups of 4
& Eheck
& !i+e the answers to the teacher
& Eorrect
Hey:
d & 1 : They fruit har+est is fer"ented for 3 to Z days to kill the
beans and the" browwn.
a & 2: The beans are dried in the sun
e & 3: The beans are cleared in the special "achines.
c & 4: The beans are roasted to brin out the chocolate ...
b & 5: They are shelled and round to produce chocolate liIuor
f & 6: The liIuor is "ade into chocolate cancly or cocoapowder
& .ome,or#
1. learn +ocab, seIuence "arkers
2. Kedo e%ercises
3. Write the whele pararaph about "akin chocolate candy
fro" cocoa fruit, win seIuence "akers.
4. 'repare for U.y
&I. <yse!f eva!atron
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
264
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

Saturday ay "# th "##8
Period: 1I3
Unit 15: In ventions
Lesson 5: Langage focs
Fi"s: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to
strenthen passi+e +oice and to re+ise seIuence "arkers
Teachin aids: 'osters
I. Wasmer: 'el"anis"
break rin know say spend
1 2 3 4 5
ran spent broken said known
a b c d e
Hey: 1c: break & broken 4d : say & said
2a: rin & run 5b: spend & spent
3e: know & known
& Kead chorally
& Ke"ind the" of so"e rules
II. &ocab!ary
docu"ent #n) t,i ligu
bake #+) n7n b6nh
run V o #+) -i@u h,nh, IuYn la
"aie #n) n?
%eroraphy #n)
widely #ad+) r1n r2i.
Eheck: Kub out and re"e"ber
III. 4rammar revision
1. $en-ence mar#ers
& Uink sentences in a pararaph or in a te%t
xrst th^ nhpt, -9u trsn
second... th^ hai
ne%t ticp theo
then r.i
after thisO that sau -3
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
265
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

xnally cumi cn
2. Pasive voice
a. Present sim+le
F: G V j V
': G V a"OisOare V '2 V by
b: 'ast si"ple
F: G V was Owere V 'e V by V
': G V ha+eOhas V been V '2 V by V
d: yuture si"ple
F: G V willOshall V j V
': G V willO shall V be V '2 V by V
I&. ()ercises
Uy 1: The docu"ent was typed by trs }
b. The co"puter was repaired by Dhan
d. The lihts were turned oS by Moa
c. The picture was drawn by Ba.
e. The cake was bakes by Uan
U. y2:
a. Was awarded
b. won
c. run
d. was run O was sold
e. was closed
U. y3: Gpesk in pairn
U. y4: yist, the rice crop is has+erted, then the nice plants are
threshed to separcure the rains fro" the straw. De%k the rice ains
are husked in the "ill to produce brown rice. Ffter this, the bran is
re"o+ed in the "ost ar and it is xnally winnowed to produce white
rice.
1.Uearn +ocabulary
2. Ke+ise ra""ar
3. yinish e%ercises
&I. <yse!! eva!cation
thresh #+) -0p lia, -6nh
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
266
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

rain #n) h0t #lia)
husk #+) %at, i2
"ortar #n) cmi #%ay)
winnoww #+) sYylia, Iu0t lia.
Wednesday! arch "$
st
! "##9.
Unit 12 : a vacation abroad
F 7G !esson 5: Langage focs
2.2ims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about
acti+ities usin the present and past proressine tenses.
& Teachin aids : posters, pictures.
G. Pro)edure:
I. Warm %:
rderin pictures:
Fsk ss to look at the pictures on pae 11Z carefully
& Tell ss to listen and nu"ber the pictures
& Kead the phrase +erbs aloud.
1. Walk with a do &z '.c
2. eat dinner &z '.b
3. take a shower &z '.a
4. talk to !rand"a &z '.
5. read a co"ic &z '. e
6. write a letter &z '.d
II. Presentation:
$. Set the scence:
Uook at the picture a What was Ba doin at T ouclock last niht b
'icture f : What were Uan and her !rand"a doin at that ti"e.
J todel sentences:
1. Ba was takin a shower at T ouclock last niht
They were talkin to each other at that ti"e
2. .on)e+t )he),/
yor": G V was O were V j&in
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
26(
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

teanin: ssu translation
Cse: to indicate an action that was in proress at a point of ti"e in
the past.
III. Practice:
$. Gicture cues
Fsk ss to do Uy e%ercise 1.
b. Moa was ha+in dinner at R
c. Bao was readin a co"ic.
d. Da was writin a letter
e. Da was walkin with a do.
". atching:
Fsk ss to look at the pictures on pae 11Z and do "atch on '.12`.
a& E
b& y
c& P
d& B
e& $
f& F
J What was the Ue fa"ily doin when the "ail"an ca"e b
The Ue fa"ily was shepin when the "ail"an ca"e.
Dotes:
Cse: seIuence of tenses. Fn action was takin place in the past
when another action took place.
J $o Uanuae focus 2: Kead the sentences.
I&. Revision:
G a" O is O are V always O constantly O fore+er V j&in.
$o Uy e%ercisc 3 in TB '.12`.
1. Ba is always forettin to do his ho"ework.
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
26T
tain clause con* ad+ clause
G V wasOwere V j&in when G V j#past)
V V
G V jZpast) while G V wasOwere V
j&in R
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

2. trs Da is always losin her u"brella.
3. tr and trs Thanh are always "issin the bus
4. Da" is always watchin Tj
5. Da is always talkin on the phone
6. Uie" is always oin out.
&. .ome,or#:
& $o Uanuae focus 1&2&3 '.11ZO12` in TB
& $o e%ercise 6 in WB
& 'repare new lesson: C13: !ettin started listen and nead.
&I. 0eacherQs se!f and remar#
#ednesda$% &ovember 1'th% 2012
Period 2(
Unit 6: $tdy habits
Lesson 3: Listen
Aims: By the end of the lesson, students will be able to listen for
specixc infor"ation to xll in a report card.
Teachin aids: Eassette, tape
I. Warm %: .ang <an :
R(PAR0 "AR9
% Teacher as#s some 8uestions :
+ Does your form teacher usually sends report cards to your
parents at home ,
+ )hy does she do this ,
+ )hat did she write in the report cards,
&o know something about a studentEs study through his report
card . @etEs begin our lesson today .
II. Pre * !istening:
1. Preteach vocab!ary
present #ad*) c3 "5t #e%planation)
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
26Z
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

absent #ad*) +nn "5t #antony")
beha+ior participation #n) th6i -1 tha" ia if hoc
#translation)
attendance #n) s< tha" d<, tha" ia hoc
#translation)
cooperation #n) s< kct hXp, hXp t6c #translation)
satisfactory #ad*) thoY -6n, thoY "2n #translation)
encourae #+) : <mng viRn , #huyTn #h3ch
"hec#: $!a% the board
2. Pre * !istening activity
Uook at the report card in your book and answer "y Iuestions :
)hat is the studentEs name ,
)hich grade is she in ,
)hat is the teacherEs name ,
)hat subject does she teach ,
)hat is SarahEs motherEs name ,
Teacher e%plains so"e infor"ation fro" the report card
III. ,hi!e !istening
& 1st ti"e: listen only
& 2nd ti"e: listen and check ,co"pare with their partners
& 3rd ti"e: listen, check and correct
& key:
1. days present: T(
2. days absent: 5
3. participation: G #satisfactory)
4. listenin: E #fair)
5. speakin: F #e%cellent)
6. readin: F #e%cellent)
(. writin: B #ood)
& 4
th
listen : Uisten aain and answer the Iuestions : )hat does
Sarah Dhen do to improve her listening skill ,
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2(`
Gio n Anh 8 Trng THCS Nguyn Du

- )atch &F Inglish programs and listen to Inglish radio
programs
I&. PA$0 LI$0(DID4:
& Fsk and answer about the "issin infor"ation.
$. 0ow many days did Sarah Dhen miss2 was she absent ,
". 0ow many days did Sarah Dhen attend2 was she present ,
'. 0ow did she participate in the lesson,
%. 0ow did she learn on speaking,
7. listening,
8. writing,
9. reading,
enter+iew your friend about the"sel+es and list the infor"ation
&I. .ome,or#: 1, Uearn +ocab
2, Cse your partner
O
s infor"ation to write their
report card
3, 'repare for Kead
JJJJJJJJJ
Nguyn Th$ H%ng &h'ng !"#(!")
2(1

You might also like